Category: Commerce

  • MIL-OSI: Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Net income of $18.1 million, or $0.93 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to net income of $13.7 million, or $0.71 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024; the first quarter of 2025 included $1.6 million in expenses related to the merger compared to $3.9 million in expenses related to the merger and $0.5 million for a legal settlement for the fourth quarter of 2024;
    • Excluding the impact of the non-recurring charges referenced above, net of taxes, net income and diluted earnings per share were $19.3 million(1) and $1.00(1), respectively, for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $16.7 million(1) and $0.87(1), respectively, for the fourth quarter of 2024;
    • Net interest margin, on a tax equivalent basis, was 4.00% in the first quarter of 2025 compared to 4.05% in the fourth quarter of 2024; the net accretion impact of purchase accounting marks was $6.9 million of net interest income, which represents 51 basis points of net interest margin for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $7.2 million of net interest income, which represents 52 basis points of net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2024;
    • Return on average assets was 1.35% and return on average equity was 13.98% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 1.00% and 10.54% for the return on average assets and return on average equity, respectively, for the three months ended December 31, 2024;
    • Excluding the impact of non-recurring charges referenced above, net of taxes, adjusted return on average assets was 1.45%(1) and adjusted return on average equity was 14.97%(1) for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to 1.22% and 12.86%, respectively, for the three months ended December 31, 2024;
    • Commercial loans declined by $49.7 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2024 to March 31, 2025 due primarily to strategic actions to reduce risk in the portfolio in an uncertain economic environment, including reducing commercial real estate (“CRE”) loan concentrations;
    • Noninterest expense decreased by $4.7 million from $42.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 to $38.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025; salaries and benefits expense declined by $2.0 million from the fourth quarter of 2024 to the first quarter of 2025; merger-related expenses decreased by $2.3 million;
    • Recovery of $0.6 million was recorded for the provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to expense of $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024; the decrease in loans contributed to the negative provision for credit losses during the first quarter of 2025; during the fourth quarter of 2024, the provision was driven by charge-offs of $3.0 million;
    • Total risk-based capital ratio was 13.1% at March 31, 2025 compared to 12.4% at December 31, 2024; the Tier 1 leverage ratio increased to 8.6% at March 31, 2025 compared to 8.3% at December 31, 2024; all capital ratios applicable to the Company were above relevant regulatory minimum levels to be deemed “well capitalized” under current bank regulatory guidelines;
    • Tangible common equity increased to 7.9% at March 31, 2025 compared to 7.5% at December 31, 2024;
    • Tangible book value per common share(1) increased to $21.99 per share at March 31, 2025 compared to $21.19 per share at December 31, 2024;
    • The Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.26 per common share, payable May 13, 2025, to shareholders of record as of May 6, 2025.

    (1) Non-GAAP measure. See Appendix A for additional information.

    HARRISBURG, Pa., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. (NASDAQ: ORRF), the parent company of Orrstown Bank (the “Bank”), announced earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Net income totaled $18.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to net income of $13.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and net income of $8.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Diluted earnings per share was $0.93 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to diluted earnings per share of $0.71 for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and diluted earnings per share of $0.81 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. For the first quarter of 2025, excluding the impact of merger-related expenses, net of taxes, net income and diluted earnings per share were $19.3 million(1) and $1.00(1), respectively. For the fourth quarter of 2024, excluding the impact of merger-related expenses and other non-recurring charges, net of taxes, net income and diluted earnings per share were $16.7 million(1) and $0.87(1), respectively. For the first quarter of 2024, excluding the impact of the merger-related expenses, net of taxes, net income and diluted earnings per share were $9.2 million(1) and $0.88(1), respectively.

    “While operating results continued to be impacted by merger-related expenses, core earnings were solid and net interest margin remained strong,” said Thomas R. Quinn, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer. “We do not believe that merger-related expenses will be material going forward and expect operating results to normalize beginning later in the second quarter. A significant amount of our focus has been on completing a system conversion and creating a strong foundation for growth. The deliberate steps we have taken in the last few quarters to protect credit quality, build liquidity and enhance our capital ratios after the merger were intended to position the Company for growth, including the ability to accelerate commercial lending for strong credits and take advantage of strategic opportunities as they arise. We remain optimistic about the future, both in the short and long term.”

    (1) Non-GAAP measure. See Appendix A for additional information.

    DISCUSSION OF RESULTS

    Balance Sheet

    Loans

    Loans held for investment decreased by $55.2 million and totaled $3.9 billion at both March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The decrease from the fourth quarter of 2024 was primarily due to strategic actions to reduce risk in the portfolio, including reducing CRE loan concentrations.

    Investment Securities

    Investment securities, all of which are classified as available-for-sale, increased by $25.8 million to $855.5 million at March 31, 2025 from $829.7 million at December 31, 2024. During the first quarter of 2025, the Bank purchased $39.6 million of investment securities and net unrealized gains were $3.8 million. These increases were partially offset by paydowns of $18.4 million. The overall duration of the Company’s investment securities portfolio was 4.3 years at March 31, 2025 compared to 4.1 years at December 31, 2024. See Appendix B for a summary of the Bank’s investment securities at March 31, 2025, highlighting their concentrations, credit ratings and credit enhancement levels.

    Deposits

    During the first quarter of 2025, deposits increased by $10.6 million and totaled $4.6 billion at both March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. Interest-bearing demand deposits, non-interest bearing demand deposits and savings deposits increased by $52.5 million, $38.0 million and $4.1 million, respectively, from December 31, 2024 to March 31, 2025. These increases were partially offset by decreases in time deposits of $47.5 million and money market deposits of $36.5 million during the first quarter of 2025. The Bank has experienced some reductions in higher yielding promotional balances, but has been successful in retaining or replacing those deposits through demand deposit accounts. The Bank’s loan-to-deposit ratio decreased slightly to 84% at March 31, 2025 from 85% at December 31, 2024.

    Borrowings

    The Bank actively manages its liquidity position through its various sources of funding to meet the needs of its clients. FHLB advances and other borrowings were $100.3 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $115.4 million at December 31, 2024 due to the maturity of a $15 million FHLB advance during the first quarter of 2025. The Bank seeks to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure client needs can be addressed in a timely basis. The Bank had available alternative funding sources, such as FHLB advances and other wholesale options, of approximately $1.8 billion at March 31, 2025.

    Income Statement

    Net Interest Income and Margin

    Net interest income was $48.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $50.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The net interest margin, on a tax equivalent basis, decreased to 4.00% in the first quarter of 2025 from 4.05% in the fourth quarter of 2024, which was impacted by the Federal Funds rate cuts in the fourth quarter of 2024. Overall, the yield on loans declined by 23 basis points and the cost of deposits declined by 15 basis points from the fourth quarter of 2024 to the first quarter of 2025.

    The net interest margin was positively impacted by the net accretion impact of purchase accounting marks on loans, securities, deposits and borrowings of $6.9 million, which represented 51 basis points of net interest margin during the first quarter of 2025. During the fourth quarter of 2024, the net accretion impact of purchase accounting marks was $7.2 million, which represented 52 basis points of net interest margin. Funding costs continue to decline as market rates have been reduced.

    Interest income on loans, on a tax equivalent basis, decreased by $4.7 million to $63.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $68.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Average loans decreased by $51.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. There were also two fewer days in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. The accretion of purchase accounting marks on loans totaled $6.6 million during the first quarter of 2025 compared to $7.6 million during the fourth quarter of 2024. This decrease reduced net interest margin by six basis points during the first quarter of 2025.

    Interest income on investment securities, on a tax equivalent basis, was $10.1 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $9.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. Average investment securities increased by $15.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to the aforementioned purchases.

    Interest expense, on a tax equivalent basis, decreased by $2.6 million to $26.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $29.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Average interest-bearing deposits decreased by $77.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. The cost of interest-bearing deposits declined by 16 basis points from the fourth quarter of 2024 to the first quarter of 2025. In addition, interest expense includes $0.6 million and $0.9 million of amortization of purchase accounting marks for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

    Provision for Credit Losses

    The allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) on loans decreased to $47.8 million at March 31, 2025 from $48.7 million at December 31, 2024. The ACL to total loans was 1.23% at March 31, 2025 compared to 1.24% at December 31, 2024. The Company recorded a recovery in the provision for credit losses on loans of $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to provision expense of $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Net charge-offs were $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $3.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Bank sold $6.0 million of loans, most of which were C&I loans, which resulted in a charge-off totaling $0.6 million. There was a corresponding $0.6 million of purchase accounting accretion associated with these loans during the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Classified loans decreased by $12.4 million to $76.2 million at March 31, 2025 from $88.6 million at December 31, 2024 primarily due to repayments. Non-accrual loans decreased by $1.4 million to $22.7 million at March 31, 2025 from $24.1 million at December 31, 2024. Nonaccrual loans to total loans decreased to 0.59% at March 31, 2025 compared to 0.61% at December 31, 2024. Management believes the ACL to be adequate based on current asset quality metrics and economic forecasts. Substantial efforts have been made in the last few quarters to reduce risk in the loan portfolio and properly position the Bank for future growth

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income increased by $0.4 million to $11.6 million in the three months ended December 31, 2024 from $11.2 million in the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    Wealth management income increased by $0.5 million to $5.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $4.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. While current market conditions are expected to negatively impact wealth management fees in the near term, the team continues to focus on alternative revenue sources and seeks to continuously grow the business.

    Income from service charges was $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. There were reduced service charges in the fourth quarter due to fee waivers provided to clients in the post-conversion period from November through the end of the year.

    Income from mortgage banking activities decreased from $0.5 million in the three months ended December 31, 2024 to $0.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights, which was driven by interest rate movements in the first quarter of 2025.

    Noninterest Expenses

    Noninterest expenses decreased by $4.7 million to $38.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $42.9 million in the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, merger-related expenses totaled $1.6 million, a decrease of $2.3 million, compared to $3.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The merger costs incurred during the first quarter of 2025 included software conversion costs and professional fees associated with the conversion and the external audit. While the Company expects to incur some residual merger-related expenses in the second quarter of 2025, they are not expected to be significant.

    Salaries and benefits expense decreased by $2.0 million to $20.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $22.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The decrease during the first quarter of 2025 is reflective of the continued synergies being achieved as a result of the merger. The generated savings are being partially offset by investments in talent designed to prepare the Company for additional growth and further enhance operational efficiency. In addition, salaries and benefits expense is typically elevated during the first quarter of the year due to employee benefit costs, including social security and unemployment taxes.

    Professional services expense increased by $0.2 million from the three months ended December 31, 2024 to the three months ended March 31, 2025. The Company continued to utilize an elevated level of third-party assistance to enhance daily functions and operational processes throughout the organization. It is anticipated that the reliance on these services will decline in the second quarter of 2025.

    Taxes other than income increased by $1.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. This increase reflects an increase in the estimated state shares tax expense and the impact of certain tax credits recognized during the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Income Taxes

    The Company’s effective tax rate was 20.7% for the first quarter of 2025 compared to 20.1% for the fourth quarter of 2024. The Company’s effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2025 is less than the 21% federal statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income, including interest earned on tax-exempt loans and securities and income from life insurance policies and tax credits partially offset by the disallowed portion of interest expense against earnings in association with the Bank’s tax-exempt investments under the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (“TEFRA”) and the impact of nondeductible merger-related costs. The Company regularly analyzes its projected taxable income and makes adjustments to the provision for income taxes accordingly.

    Capital

    Shareholders’ equity totaled $532.9 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $516.7 million at December 31, 2024. The increase is due to net income of $18.1 million and other comprehensive income of $4.7 million, primarily due to an increase in unrealized gains in the investment portfolio, partially offset by dividend payments of $5.0 million and share-based compensation activity of $1.6 million.

    Tangible book value per share(1) increased to $21.99 per share at March 31, 2025 from $21.19 per share at December 31, 2024.

    The Company’s tangible common equity ratio was 7.9% at March 31, 2025 compared to 7.5% at December 31, 2024. The Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 13.1% at March 31, 2025 compared to 12.4% at December 31, 2024 driven by earnings and the effect of the decrease in loans on risk weighted assets. The Company’s Tier 1 leverage ratio increased to 8.6% at March 31, 2025 compared to 8.3% at December 31, 2024 driven by earnings during the first quarter of 2025.

    At March 31, 2025, all four capital ratios applicable to the Company were above regulatory minimum levels to be deemed “well capitalized” under current bank regulatory guidelines. The Company continues to believe that capital is adequate to support the risks inherent in the balance sheet, as well as growth requirements.

    (1) Non-GAAP measure. See Appendix A for additional information.

    Investor Relations Contact:
    Neelesh Kalani
    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
    Phone (717) 510-7097
    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (Unaudited)        
             
             
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
    (In thousands)     2025       2024  
             
    Profitability for the period:        
    Net interest income   $ 48,761     $ 26,881  
    (Recovery of) Provision for credit losses     (554 )     298  
    Noninterest income     11,624       6,630  
    Noninterest expenses     38,176       22,469  
    Income before income tax expense     22,763       10,744  
    Income tax expense     4,712       2,213  
    Net income available to common shareholders   $ 18,051     $ 8,531  
             
    Financial ratios:        
    Return on average assets (1)     1.35 %     1.11 %
    Return on average assets, adjusted (1) (2) (3)     1.45 %     1.19 %
    Return on average equity (1)     13.98 %     12.79 %
    Return on average equity, adjusted (1) (2) (3)     14.97 %     13.79 %
    Net interest margin (1)     4.00 %     3.77 %
    Efficiency ratio     63.2 %     67.0 %
    Efficiency ratio, adjusted (2) (3)     60.5 %     65.0 %
    Income per common share:        
    Basic   $ 0.94     $ 0.82  
    Basic, adjusted (2) (3)   $ 1.01     $ 0.89  
    Diluted   $ 0.93     $ 0.81  
    Diluted, adjusted (2) (3)   $ 1.00     $ 0.88  
             
    Average equity to average assets     9.65 %     8.66 %
             
    (1) Annualized for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
    (2) Ratio has been adjusted for the non-recurring charges for all periods presented.
    (3) Non-GAAP based financial measure. Please refer to Appendix A – Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Measures and GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations for a discussion of our use of non-GAAP based financial measures, including tables reconciling GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures appearing herein.
     
    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (Unaudited)      
    (continued)      
      March 31,   December 31,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2025       2024  
    At period-end:      
    Total assets $ 5,441,586     $ 5,441,589  
    Loans, net of allowance for credit losses   3,828,181       3,882,525  
    Loans held-for-sale, at fair value   5,261       6,614  
    Securities available for sale, at fair value   855,456       829,711  
    Total deposits   4,633,716       4,623,096  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   123,480       141,227  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,850       68,680  
    Shareholders’ equity   532,936       516,682  
           
    Credit quality and capital ratios(1):      
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   1.23 %     1.24 %
    Total nonaccrual loans to total loans   0.59 %     0.61 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets   0.42 %     0.45 %
    Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans   210 %     202 %
    Total risk-based capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   13.1 %     12.4 %
    Orrstown Bank   13.0 %     12.4 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   10.8 %     10.2 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.9 %     11.2 %
    Tier 1 common equity risk-based capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   10.6 %     10.0 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.9 %     11.2 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   8.6 %     8.3 %
    Orrstown Bank   9.5 %     9.1 %
           
    Book value per common share $ 27.32     $ 26.65  
           
    (1) Capital ratios are estimated for the current period, subject to regulatory filings. The Company elected the three-year phase in option for the day-one impact of ASU 2016-13 for current expected credit losses (“CECL”) to regulatory capital. Beginning in 2023, the Company adjusted retained earnings, allowance for credit losses includable in tier 2 capital and the deferred tax assets from temporary differences in risk weighted assets by the permitted percentage of the day-one impact from adopting the CECL standard.
     
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)      
           
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Assets      
    Cash and due from banks $ 64,376     $ 51,026  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks   222,744       197,848  
    Cash and cash equivalents   287,120       248,874  
    Restricted investments in bank stocks   19,693       20,232  
    Securities available for sale (amortized cost of $886,782 and $864,920 at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   855,456       829,711  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value   5,261       6,614  
    Loans   3,875,985       3,931,214  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses   (47,804 )     (48,689 )
    Net loans   3,828,181       3,882,525  
    Premises and equipment, net   51,729       50,217  
    Cash surrender value of life insurance   144,798       143,854  
    Goodwill   68,106       68,106  
    Other intangible assets, net   45,230       47,765  
    Accrued interest receivable   19,893       21,058  
    Deferred tax assets, net   36,206       42,647  
    Other assets   79,913       79,986  
    Total assets $ 5,441,586     $ 5,441,589  
           
    Liabilities      
    Deposits:      
    Noninterest-bearing $ 932,152     $ 894,176  
    Interest-bearing   3,701,564       3,728,920  
    Total deposits   4,633,716       4,623,096  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased   23,131       25,863  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   100,349       115,364  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,850       68,680  
    Other liabilities   82,604       91,904  
    Total liabilities   4,908,650       4,924,907  
           
    Shareholders’ Equity      
    Preferred stock, $1.25 par value per share; 500,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding          
    Common stock, no par value—$0.05205 stated value per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 19,721,340 shares issued and 19,509,642 outstanding at March 31, 2025; 19,722,640 shares issued and 19,389,967 outstanding at December 31, 2024   1,026       1027  
    Additional paid—in capital   421,445       423,274  
    Retained earnings   139,547       126,540  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (24,024 )     (26,316 )
    Treasury stock— 211,698 and 332,673 shares, at cost at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   (5,058 )     (7,843 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   532,936       516,682  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 5,441,586     $ 5,441,589  
                   
    ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)
             
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)     2025       2024  
    Interest income        
    Loans   $ 63,432     $ 36,233  
    Investment securities – taxable     8,944       4,584  
    Investment securities – tax-exempt     875       877  
    Short-term investments     2,268       956  
    Total interest income     75,519       42,650  
    Interest expense        
    Deposits     24,260       13,516  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased     84       25  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings     1,118       1,474  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt     1,296       754  
    Total interest expense     26,758       15,769  
    Net interest income     48,761       26,881  
    (Recovery of) Provision for credit losses     (554 )     298  
    Net interest income after (recovery of) provision for credit losses     49,315       26,583  
    Noninterest income        
    Service charges     2,395       1,200  
    Interchange income     1,427       911  
    Swap fee income     394       199  
    Wealth management income     5,415       3,102  
    Mortgage banking activities     302       458  
    Investment securities gains (losses)     13       (5 )
    Other income     1,678       765  
    Total noninterest income     11,624       6,630  
    Noninterest expenses        
    Salaries and employee benefits     20,388       13,752  
    Occupancy, furniture and equipment     4,675       2,639  
    Data processing     924       1,265  
    Advertising and bank promotions     499       398  
    FDIC insurance     824       441  
    Professional services     1,826       631  
    Taxes other than income     942       494  
    Intangible asset amortization     2,535       225  
    Merger-related expenses     1,649       672  
    Restructuring expenses     91        
    Other operating expenses     3,823       1,952  
    Total noninterest expenses     38,176       22,469  
    Income before income tax expense     22,763       10,744  
    Income tax expense     4,712       2,213  
    Net income   $ 18,051     $ 8,531  
     
             
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
        2025   2024
    Share information:        
    Basic earnings per share   $ 0.94   $ 0.82
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.93   $ 0.81
    Dividends paid per share   $ 0.26   $ 0.20
    Weighted average shares – basic     19,157     10,349
    Weighted average shares – diluted     19,328     10,482
                 
    ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME        
    Average Balances and Interest Rates, Taxable-Equivalent Basis (Unaudited)    
      Three Months Ended
      3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024
          Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-
      Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent
    (In thousands) Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate
    Assets                                                          
    Federal funds sold & interest-bearing bank balances $ 203,347   $ 2,268     4.52 %   $ 199,236   $ 2,492     4.96 %   $ 184,465   $ 2,452     5.29 %   $ 142,868   $ 1,864     5.25 %   $ 74,523   $ 956     5.16 %
    Investment securities (1)(2)   865,126     10,052     4.65       849,389     9,887     4.66       849,700     10,123     4.77       538,451     6,114     4.54       519,851     5,694     4.39  
    Loans (1)(3)(4)(5)(6)   3,909,694     63,641     6.59       3,961,269     68,073     6.82       3,989,259     70,849     7.07       2,324,942     35,690     6.17       2,308,103     36,382     6.34  
    Total interest-earning assets   4,978,167     75,961     6.17       5,009,894     80,452     6.38       5,023,424     83,424     6.61       3,006,261     43,668     5.84       2,902,477     43,032     5.96  
    Other assets   447,530             454,271             491,719             204,863             196,295        
    Total assets $ 5,425,697           $ 5,464,165           $ 5,515,143           $ 3,211,124           $ 3,098,772        
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                                                
    Interest-bearing demand deposits(7) $ 2,473,543     14,156     2.32     $ 2,522,885     15,575     2.45     $ 2,554,743     16,165     2.52     $ 1,649,753     10,118     2.47     $ 1,570,622     9,192     2.35  
    Savings deposits(7)   273,313     165     0.25       272,718     166     0.24       283,337     148     0.21       165,467     140     0.34       170,005     144     0.34  
    Time deposits   970,588     9,939     4.15       998,963     11,109     4.41       1,014,628     12,290     4.82       481,721     5,007     4.18       428,443     4,180     3.92  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   3,717,444     24,260     2.65       3,794,566     26,850     2.81       3,852,708     28,603     2.95       2,296,941     15,265     2.67       2,169,070     13,516     2.51  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased   26,163     84     1.30       21,572     67     1.23       23,075     96     1.66       13,412     27     0.81       12,010     25     0.85  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   112,859     1,118     4.02       115,373     1,165     4.01       115,388     1,154     3.98       115,000     1,152     4.03       137,505     1,474     4.31  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,739     1,296     7.65       68,571     1,360     7.88       68,399     1,437     8.36       32,118     734     9.19       32,100     754     9.45  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3,925,205     26,758     2.76       4,000,082     29,442     2.92       4,059,570     31,290     3.07       2,457,471     17,178     2.81       2,350,685     15,769     2.70  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   887,726             849,999             807,886             423,037             417,469        
    Other liabilities   89,077             97,685             110,017             57,828             62,329        
    Total liabilities   4,902,008             4,947,766             4,977,473             2,938,336             2,830,483        
    Shareholders’ equity   523,689             516,399             537,670             272,788             268,289        
    Total $ 5,425,697           $ 5,464,165           $ 5,515,143           $ 3,211,124           $ 3,098,772        
    Taxable-equivalent net interest income / net interest spread       49,203     3.41 %         51,010     3.46 %         52,134     3.55 %         26,490     3.02 %         27,263     3.26 %
    Taxable-equivalent net interest margin         4.00 %           4.05 %           4.14 %           3.54 %           3.77 %
    Taxable-equivalent adjustment       (442 )             (437 )             (437 )             (387 )             (382 )    
    Net interest income     $ 48,761             $ 50,573             $ 51,697             $ 26,103             $ 26,881      
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities         127 %           125 %           124 %           122 %           123 %
                                                               
                                                               
    NOTES:                                                          
    (1) Yields and interest income on tax-exempt assets have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis assuming a 21% tax rate.
    (2) Average balance of investment securities is computed at fair value.
    (3) Average balances include nonaccrual loans.
    (4) Interest income on loans includes prepayment and late fees, where applicable.
    (5) Interest income on loans includes interest recovered of $1.6 million from the payoff of a commercial real estate loan on nonaccrual status in the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    (6) Interest income on loans includes accretion on purchase accounting marks of $6.6 million, $7.6 million, $7.3 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.
     
    ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.        
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)        
                       
    (In thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Profitability for the quarter:                  
    Net interest income $ 48,761     $ 50,573     $ 51,697     $ 26,103     $ 26,881  
    (Recovery of) Provision for credit losses   (554 )     1,755       13,681       812       298  
    Noninterest income   11,624       11,247       12,386       7,172       6,630  
    Noninterest expenses   38,176       42,930       60,299       22,639       22,469  
    Income (loss) before income taxes   22,763       17,135       (9,897 )     9,824       10,744  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   4,712       3,451       (1,994 )     2,086       2,213  
    Net income (loss) $ 18,051     $ 13,684     $ (7,903 )   $ 7,738     $ 8,531  
                       
    Financial ratios:                  
    Return on average assets(1)   1.35 %     1.00 %   (0.57)%     0.97 %     1.11 %
    Return on average assets, adjusted(1)(2)(3)   1.45 %     1.22 %     1.55 %     1.09 %     1.19 %
    Return on average equity(1)   13.98 %     10.54 %   (5.85)%     11.41 %     12.79 %
    Return on average equity, adjusted(1)(2)(3)   14.97 %     12.86 %     15.85 %     12.88 %     13.79 %
    Net interest margin(1)   4.00 %     4.05 %     4.14 %     3.54 %     3.77 %
    Efficiency ratio   63.2 %     69.4 %     94.1 %     68.0 %     67.0 %
    Efficiency ratio, adjusted(2)(3)   60.5 %     62.3 %     60.2 %     64.6 %     65.0 %
                       
    Per share information:                  
    Income (loss) per common share:                  
      Basic $ 0.94     $ 0.72     $ (0.41 )   $ 0.74     $ 0.82  
      Basic, adjusted(2)(3)   1.01       0.87       1.12       0.84       0.89  
      Diluted   0.93       0.71       (0.41 )     0.73       0.81  
      Diluted, adjusted(2)(3)   1.00       0.87       1.11       0.83       0.88  
    Book value   27.32       26.65       26.65       25.97       25.38  
    Book value, adjusted(2) (3)   27.38       28.40       28.24       26.12       25.44  
    Tangible book value(3)   21.99       21.19       21.12       24.08       23.47  
    Tangible book value, adjusted(2) (3)   22.06       22.94       22.72       24.23       23.53  
    Cash dividends paid   0.26       0.23       0.23       0.20       0.20  
                       
    Average basic shares   19,157       19,118       19,088       10,393       10,349  
    Average diluted shares   19,328       19,300       19,226       10,553       10,482  
    (1)Annualized.
    (2) Ratio has been adjusted for non-recurring expenses for all periods presented.
    (3) Non-GAAP based financial measure. Please refer to Appendix A – Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Measures and GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations for a discussion of our use of non-GAAP based financial measures, including tables reconciling GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures appearing herein.
     
    ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.                
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)        
    (continued)                  
    (In thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Noninterest income:                  
    Service charges $ 2,395   $ 2,050     $ 2,360   $ 1,283     $ 1,200  
    Interchange income   1,427     1,608       1,779     961       911  
    Swap fee income   394     597       505     375       199  
    Wealth management income   5,415     4,902       5,037     3,312       3,102  
    Mortgage banking activities   302     517       491     369       458  
    Other income   1,678     1,578       1,943     884       765  
    Investment securities gains (losses)   13     (5 )     271     (12 )     (5 )
    Total noninterest income $ 11,624   $ 11,247     $ 12,386   $ 7,172     $ 6,630  
                       
    Noninterest expenses:                  
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 20,388   $ 22,444     $ 27,190   $ 13,195     $ 13,752  
    Occupancy, furniture and equipment   4,675     4,893       4,333     2,705       2,639  
    Data processing   924     1,540       2,046     1,237       1,265  
    Advertising and bank promotions   499     878       537     774       398  
    FDIC insurance   824     955       862     419       441  
    Professional services   1,826     1,591       1,119     801       631  
    Taxes other than income   942     (312 )     503     49       494  
    Intangible asset amortization   2,535     2,838       2,464     215       225  
    Provision for legal settlement       478                  
    Merger-related expenses   1,649     3,887       16,977     1,135       672  
    Restructuring expenses   91     39       257            
    Other operating expenses   3,823     3,699       4,011     2,109       1,952  
    Total noninterest expenses $ 38,176   $ 42,930     $ 60,299   $ 22,639     $ 22,469  
                       
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)            
    (continued)                  
    (In thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Balance Sheet at quarter end:                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 287,120     $ 248,874     $ 236,780     $ 132,509     $ 182,722  
    Restricted investments in bank stocks   19,693       20,232       20,247       11,147       11,453  
    Securities available for sale   855,456       829,711       826,828       529,082       514,909  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value   5,261       6,614       3,561       1,562       535  
    Loans:                  
    Commercial real estate:                  
    Owner occupied   617,854       633,567       622,726       371,301       364,280  
    Non-owner occupied   1,157,383       1,160,238       1,164,501       710,477       707,871  
    Multi-family   257,724       274,135       276,296       151,542       147,773  
    Non-owner occupied residential   168,354       179,512       190,786       89,156       91,858  
    Agricultural   134,916       125,156       129,486       25,551       25,909  
    Commercial and industrial   455,494       451,384       471,983       349,425       339,615  
    Acquisition and development:                  
    1-4 family residential construction   40,621       47,432       56,383       32,439       22,277  
    Commercial and land development   227,434       241,424       262,317       129,883       118,010  
    Municipal   30,780       30,044       27,960       10,594       10,925  
    Total commercial loans   3,090,560       3,142,892       3,202,438       1,870,368       1,828,518  
    Residential mortgage:                  
    First lien   464,642       460,297       451,195       271,153       270,748  
    Home equity – term   9,224       5,988       6,508       4,633       4,966  
    Home equity – lines of credit   295,820       303,561       303,165       192,736       189,966  
    Installment and other loans   15,739       18,476       18,131       8,713       8,875  
    Total loans   3,875,985       3,931,214       3,981,437       2,347,603       2,303,073  
    Allowance for credit losses   (47,804 )     (48,689 )     (49,630 )     (29,864 )     (29,165 )
    Net loans held for investment   3,828,181       3,882,525       3,931,807       2,317,739       2,273,908  
    Goodwill   68,106       68,106       70,655       18,724       18,724  
    Other intangible assets, net   45,230       47,765       46,144       1,974       2,189  
    Total assets   5,441,586       5,441,589       5,470,589       3,198,782       3,183,331  
    Total deposits   4,633,716       4,623,096       4,650,853       2,702,884       2,695,951  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   123,480       141,227       137,310       129,625       127,099  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,850       68,680       68,510       32,128       32,111  
    Total shareholders’ equity   532,936       516,682       516,206       278,376       271,682  
                                           
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)            
    (continued)                  
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Capital and credit quality measures(1):                  
    Total risk-based capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   13.1 %     12.4 %     12.4 %     13.3 %     13.4 %
    Orrstown Bank   13.0 %     12.4 %     12.2 %     13.1 %     13.1 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   10.8 %     10.2 %     10.0 %     11.1 %     11.2 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.9 %     11.2 %     11.0 %     12.0 %     11.9 %
    Tier 1 common equity risk-based capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   10.6 %     10.0 %     9.8 %     11.1 %     11.2 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.9 %     11.2 %     11.0 %     12.0 %     11.9 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   8.6 %     8.3 %     8.0 %     8.9 %     9.0 %
    Orrstown Bank   9.5 %     9.1 %     8.8 %     9.5 %     9.6 %
                       
    Average equity to average assets   9.65 %     9.45 %     9.75 %     8.50 %     8.66 %
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   1.23 %     1.24 %     1.25 %     1.27 %     1.27 %
    Total nonaccrual loans to total loans   0.59 %     0.61 %     0.68 %     0.36 %     0.56 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets   0.42 %     0.45 %     0.49 %     0.26 %     0.40 %
    Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans   210 %     202 %     184 %     357 %     226 %
                       
    Other information:                  
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 331     $ 3,002     $ 269     $ 113     $ (42 )
    Classified loans   76,211       88,628       105,465       48,722       48,997  
    Nonperforming and other risk assets:                  
    Nonaccrual loans   22,727       24,111       26,927       8,363       12,886  
    Other real estate owned   138       138       138              
    Total nonperforming assets   22,865       24,249       27,065       8,363       12,886  
    Financial difficulty modifications still accruing   5,127       4,897       9,497              
    Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing   400       641       337       187       99  
    Total nonperforming and other risk assets $ 28,392     $ 29,787     $ 36,899     $ 8,550     $ 12,985  
     
    (1) Capital ratios are estimated for the current period, subject to regulatory filings. The Company elected the three-year phase in option for the day-one impact of ASU 2016-13 for current expected credit losses (“CECL”) to regulatory capital. Beginning in 2023, the Company adjusted retained earnings, allowance for credit losses includable in tier 2 capital and the deferred tax assets from temporary differences in risk weighted assets by the permitted percentage of the day-one impact from adopting the new CECL standard.
     

    Appendix A- Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Measures and GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations

    Management believes providing certain other “non-GAAP” financial information will assist investors in their understanding of the effect on recent financial results from non-recurring charges.

    As a result of acquisitions, the Company has intangible assets consisting of goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, which totaled $113.3 million and $115.9 million at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, the Company incurred $1.6 million, $3.9 million, $17.0 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 million in in merger-related expenses, respectively. During the three months ended December 31, 2024 and September 30, 2024, the Company incurred other non-recurring charges totaling $0.5 million and $20.2 million, respectively.

    Tangible book value per common share and the impact of the non-recurring expenses on net income and associated ratios, as used by the Company in this earnings release, are determined by methods other than in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). While we believe this information is a useful supplement to GAAP based measures presented in this earnings release, readers are cautioned that this non-GAAP disclosure has limitations as an analytical tool, should not be viewed as a substitute for financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results and financial condition as reported under GAAP, nor are such measures necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. This supplemental presentation should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by similar adjustments to be determined in accordance with GAAP.

    The following tables present the computation of each non-GAAP based measure:

    (In thousands)

    Tangible Book Value per Common Share   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Shareholders’ equity (most directly comparable GAAP-based measure)   $ 532,936     $ 516,682     $ 516,206     $ 278,376     $ 271,682  
    Less: Goodwill     68,106       68,106       70,655       18,724       18,724  
    Other intangible assets     45,230       47,765       46,144       1,974       2,189  
    Related tax effect     (9,498 )     (10,031 )     (9,690 )     (415 )     (460 )
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 429,098     $ 410,842     $ 409,097     $ 258,093     $ 251,229  
                         
    Common shares outstanding     19,510       19,390       19,373       10,720       10,705  
                         
    Book value per share (most directly comparable GAAP-based measure)   $ 27.32     $ 26.65     $ 26.65     $ 25.97     $ 25.38  
    Intangible assets per share     5.33       5.46       5.53       1.89       1.91  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 21.99     $ 21.19     $ 21.12     $ 24.08     $ 23.47  
                         
    (In thousands) Three Months Ended
    Adjusted Ratios for Non-recurring Charges March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net income (loss) (A) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ 18,051     $ 13,684     $ (7,903 )   $ 7,738     $ 8,531  
    Plus: Merger-related expenses (B)   1,649       3,887       16,977       1,135       672  
    Plus: Executive retirement expenses (B)         35       4,758              
    Plus: Provision for credit losses on non-PCD loans (B)               15,504              
    Plus: Provision for legal settlement (B)         478                    
    Less: Related tax effect (C)   (368 )     (1,386 )     (7,915 )     (139 )     (1 )
    Adjusted net income (D=A+B-C) – Non-GAAP $ 19,332     $ 16,698     $ 21,421     $ 8,734     $ 9,202  
                       
    Average assets (E) $ 5,425,697     $ 5,464,165     $ 5,515,143     $ 3,211,124     $ 3,098,772  
    Return on average assets (= A / E) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure(1)   1.35 %     1.00 %   (0.57)        %     0.97 %     1.11 %
    Return on average assets, adjusted (= D / E) – Non-GAAP(1)   1.45 %     1.22 %     1.55 %     1.09 %     1.19 %
                       
    Average equity (F) $ 523,689     $ 516,399     $ 537,670     $ 272,788     $ 268,289  
    Return on average equity (= A / F) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure(1)   13.98 %     10.54 %   (5.85)        %     11.41 %     12.79 %
    Return on average equity, adjusted (= D / F) – Non-GAAP(1)   14.97 %     12.86 %     15.85 %     12.88 %     13.79 %
                       
    Weighted average shares – basic (G) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure   19,157       19,118       19,088       10,393       10,349  
    Basic earnings (loss) per share (= A / G) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ 0.94     $ 0.72     $ (0.41 )   $ 0.74     $ 0.82  
    Basic earnings per share, adjusted (= D / G) – Non-GAAP $ 1.01     $ 0.87     $ 1.12     $ 0.84     $ 0.89  
                       
    Weighted average shares – diluted (H) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure   19,328       19,300       19,226       10,553       10,482  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share (= A / H) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ 0.93     $ 0.71     $ (0.41 )   $ 0.73     $ 0.81  
    Diluted earnings per share, adjusted (= D / H) – Non-GAAP $ 1.00     $ 0.87     $ 1.11     $ 0.83     $ 0.88  
                       
    (1) Annualized                  
                       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Noninterest expense (I) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ 38,176     $ 42,930     $ 60,299     $ 22,639     $ 22,469  
    Less: Merger-related expenses (B)   (1,649 )     (3,887 )     (16,977 )     (1,135 )     (672 )
    Less: Executive retirement expenses (B)         (35 )     (4,758 )            
    Less: Provision for legal settlement (B)         (478 )                  
    Adjusted noninterest expense (J = I – B) – Non-GAAP $ 36,527     $ 38,531     $ 38,564     $ 21,504     $ 21,797  
                       
    Net interest income (K) $ 48,761     $ 50,573     $ 51,697     $ 26,103     $ 26,881  
    Noninterest income (L)   11,624       11,247       12,386       7,172       6,630  
    Total operating income (M = K + L) $ 60,385     $ 61,820     $ 64,083     $ 33,275     $ 33,511  
                       
    Efficiency ratio (= I / M) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure   63.2 %     69.4 %     94.1 %     68.0 %     67.0 %
    Efficiency ratio, adjusted (= J / M) – Non-GAAP   60.5 %     62.3 %     60.2 %     64.6 %     65.0 %
                       
    (1) Annualized                  
                       

    Appendix B- Investment Portfolio Concentrations

    The following table summarizes the credit ratings and collateral associated with the Company’s investment security portfolio, excluding equity securities, at March 31, 2025:

    (In thousands)

    Sector Portfolio Mix   Amortized Book   Fair Value   Credit Enhancement   AAA   AA   A   BBB   BB   NR   Collateral / Guarantee Type
    Unsecured ABS %   $ 2,952   $ 2,768   27 %   %   %   %   %   %   100 %   Unsecured Consumer Debt
    Student Loan ABS       3,808     3,792   28                         100     Seasoned Student Loans
    Federal Family Education Loan ABS 9       78,231     77,955   11     1     47     33     7     12         Federal Family Education Loan (1)
    PACE Loan ABS       1,943     1,710   7     100                         PACE Loans (2)
    Non-Agency CMBS 2       13,966     14,022   30                         100      
    Non-Agency RMBS 2       16,323     14,726   16     100                         Reverse Mortgages (3)
    Municipal – General Obligation 11       99,248     89,952       17     76     7                  
    Municipal – Revenue 14       120,676     107,154           82     12             6      
    SBA ReRemic (5)       2,095     2,087           100                     SBA Guarantee (4)
    Small Business Administration 1       5,511     5,629           100                     SBA Guarantee (4)
    Agency MBS 19       164,144     162,334           100                     Residential Mortgages (4)
    Agency CMO 40       355,699     352,729           100                      
    U.S. Treasury securities 2       20,040     18,417           100                     U.S. Government Guarantee (4)
    Corporate bonds       1,939     1,974               52     48              
      100 %   $ 886,575   $ 855,249       4 %   87 %   5 %   1 %   %   3 %    
                                               
    (1) 97% guaranteed by U.S. government
    (2) PACE acronym represents Property Assessed Clean Energy loans
    (3) Non-agency reverse mortgages with current structural credit enhancements
    (4) Guaranteed by U.S. government or U.S. government agencies
    (5) SBA ReRemic acronym represents Re-Securitization of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits
                                               
    Note: Ratings in table are the lowest of the six rating agencies (Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch, Morningstar, DBRS and Kroll Bond Rating Agency). Standard & Poor’s rates U.S. government obligations at AA+.
     

    About the Company

    With $5.4 billion in assets, Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Orrstown Bank, provide a wide range of consumer and business financial services in Berks, Cumberland, Dauphin, Franklin, Lancaster, Perry and York Counties, Pennsylvania and Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Harford, Howard, and Washington Counties, Maryland, as well as Baltimore City, Maryland. The Company’s lending area also includes counties in Pennsylvania, Maryland, Delaware, Virginia and West Virginia within a 75-mile radius of the Company’s executive and administrative offices as well as the District of Columbia. Orrstown Bank is an Equal Housing Lender and its deposits are insured up to the legal maximum by the FDIC. Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.’s common stock is traded on Nasdaq (ORRF). For more information about Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and Orrstown Bank, visit www.orrstown.com

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements reflect the current views of the Company’s management with respect to, among other things, future events and the Company’s financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “will likely result,” “expect,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “goal,” “target,” “would” and “outlook,” or the negative variations of those words or other comparable words of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates, predictions or projections about events or the Company’s industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond the Company’s control. Accordingly, the Company cautions you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements and there can be no assurances that the Company will achieve the desired level of new business development and new loans, growth in the balance sheet and fee-based revenue lines of business, cost savings initiatives and continued reductions in risk assets or mitigation of losses in the future. Factors which could cause the actual results to differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following: interest rate changes or volatility; general economic conditions (including inflation and concerns about liquidity) on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates; ineffectiveness of the Company’s strategic growth plan due to changes in current or future market conditions; the effects of competition and how it may impact our community banking model, including industry consolidation and development of competing financial products and services; changes in consumer behavior due to changing political, business and economic conditions, or legislative or regulatory initiatives; changes in, and evolving interpretations of, existing and future laws and regulations; changes in credit quality; inability to raise capital, if necessary, under favorable conditions; volatility in the securities markets; the demand for our products and services; deteriorating economic conditions; geopolitical tensions; operational risks including, but not limited to, cybersecurity incidents, fraud, natural disasters and future pandemics; expenses associated with litigation and legal proceedings; the possibility that the anticipated benefits of the merger with Codorus Valley Bancorp are not realized when expected or at all; and other risks and uncertainties, including those detailed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 under the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in subsequent filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materializes, or if the Company’s underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what the Company anticipates. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and the Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is not possible for the Company to predict those events or how they may affect it. In addition, the Company cannot assess the impact of each factor on its business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this press release are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that the Company or persons acting on the Company’s behalf may issue.

    The review period for subsequent events extends up to and includes the filing date of a public company’s financial statements, when filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, the consolidated financial information presented in this announcement is subject to change. Annualized, pro forma, projected and estimated numbers in this document are used for illustrative purposes only and are not forecasts and may not reflect actual results.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. Appoints Ranjana B. Clark to Board of Directors

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DALLAS, April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. (NASDAQ: TCBI), the parent company of Texas Capital, today announced the appointment of Ranjana B. Clark to its Board of Directors, effective April 15, 2025. Clark will serve as a member of the Audit and Technology Committees.

    Clark has over 35 years of executive experience in the financial services and technology industries, with previous leadership roles spanning payments, marketing, strategy and business operations.

    Most recently, she served as Head of Global Transaction Banking at Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group (MUFG), and previously as Head of Transaction Banking, Americas. Before MUFG, she was Chief Customer and Marketing Officer at PayPal Inc.

    Clark is a fellow at Stanford University’s Distinguished Careers Institute and serves on the President’s Leadership Council of the Asia Foundation. In addition to joining the board of Texas Capital, she serves on the boards of Xometry Inc. (Chair, Compensation Committee; Member, Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee), InvestCloud Inc. and StanCorp Financial Group Inc.

    Clark earned a Bachelor of Arts in economics at the University of Delhi; a Master of Business Administration with a marketing concentration at the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad; and a Master of Business Administration with a finance concentration at the Fuqua School of Business at Duke University.

    “It is an honor to welcome Ranjana to our board,” said Rob C. Holmes, Chairman, President & CEO of Texas Capital. “Her global perspective, customer-centric mindset and track record of innovation will be instrumental as we continue executing on our long-term priorities.”

    About Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc.
    Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc. (NASDAQ®: TCBI), a member of the Russell 2000® Index and the S&P MidCap 400®, is the parent company of Texas Capital Bank (“TCB”). Texas Capital is the collective brand name for TCB and its separate, non-bank affiliates and wholly owned subsidiaries. Texas Capital is a full-service financial services firm that delivers customized solutions to businesses, entrepreneurs and individual customers. Founded in 1998, the institution is headquartered in Dallas with offices in Austin, Houston, San Antonio and Fort Worth, and has built a network of clients across the country. With the ability to service clients through their entire lifecycles, Texas Capital has established commercial banking, consumer banking, investment banking and wealth management capabilities. All services are subject to applicable laws, regulations, and service terms. Deposit and lending products and services are offered by TCB. For deposit products, member FDIC. For more information, please visit www.texascapital.com.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Western New England Bancorp, Inc. Reports Results for Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 and Declares Quarterly Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WESTFIELD, Mass., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Western New England Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company” or “WNEB”) (NasdaqGS: WNEB), the holding company for Westfield Bank (the “Bank”), announced today the unaudited results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The Company reported net income of $2.3 million, or $0.11 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to net income of $3.0 million, or $0.14 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2024. On a linked quarter basis, net income was $2.3 million, or $0.11 per diluted share, compared to net income of $3.3 million, or $0.16 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    The Company also announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per share on the Company’s common stock. The dividend will be payable on or about May 21, 2025 to shareholders of record on May 7, 2025.

    In addition, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase plan (the “2025 Plan”), pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to 1.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock, or approximately 4.8% of the Company’s outstanding common stock as of today. The 2025 Plan will commence upon the completion of the Company’s existing share repurchase plan (the “2024 Plan”). The 2024 Plan was approved by the Board of Directors on May 21, 2024, and as of March 31, 2025, there were 265,609 shares of common stock available for repurchase under the 2024 Plan.

    James C. Hagan, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “I am pleased to report the results for the first quarter of 2025. Our strong, diversified core deposit base and our disciplined approach to managing our funding costs have resulted in an increase in net interest income for the third consecutive quarter. The net interest margin increased eight basis points to 2.49% compared to the preceding quarter. We will continue to proactively manage our funding costs and benefit from our liability sensitive balance sheet to support net interest margin growth. In the first quarter, core deposits increased $70.2 million, or 4.5%, and represented 70.0% of total deposits while the loan-to-deposit ratio decreased to 89.3%. During the same period, average funding costs decreased four basis points.

    “We continue to focus on extending credit within our markets and servicing the needs of our existing customer base while ensuring new opportunities present the appropriate levels of risk and return. Consistent with our prudent credit culture, we continue to proactively identify and manage credit risk within the loan portfolio. Our asset quality remains strong, with nonaccrual loans at 0.29% of total loans as of March 31, 2025.

    “The Company is considered to be well-capitalized, as defined by regulators and internal Company targets, and we remain disciplined in our capital management strategies. We continue to believe that buying back shares represents a valuable use of the Company’s capital. Today, we announced the 2025 Plan, which will commence upon the completion of the 2024 Plan. Our stock repurchase programs are an integral element of our capital management strategies. As such, we believe that repurchasing common stock enhances shareholder value. We are pleased to be able to continue to return value to shareholders through share repurchases.”

    Hagan concluded, “Our commitment to strong capital and liquidity levels gives us a solid foundation to take advantage of opportunities in the markets we serve and to enhance shareholder value in the long term.”

    Key Highlights:

    Loans and Deposits

    Total gross loans increased $9.3 million, or 0.4%, from $2.1 billion, or 77.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2024 to $2.1 billion, or 76.7% of total assets, at March 31, 2025. The increase in total gross loans was primarily driven by an increase in residential real estate loans, including home equity loans, of $8.1 million, or 1.0%, and an increase in commercial and industrial loans of $4.7 million, or 2.2%. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in commercial real estate loans of $3.0 million, or 0.3%, and a decrease in consumer loans of $526,000, or 12.0%.

    At March 31, 2025, total deposits of $2.3 billion increased $66.0 million, or 2.9%, from December 31, 2024. Core deposits, which the Company defines as all deposits except time deposits, increased $70.2 million, or 4.5%, from $1.6 billion, or 68.9% of total deposits, at December 31, 2024, to $1.6 billion, or 70.0% of total deposits, at March 31, 2025. Time deposits decreased $4.3 million, or 0.6%, from $703.6 million at December 31, 2024 to $699.3 million at March 31, 2025. Brokered time deposits, which are included in time deposits, totaled $1.7 million at March 31, 2025 and at December 31, 2024. The loan-to-deposit ratio decreased from 91.5% at December 31, 2024 to 89.3% at March 31, 2025.

    Liquidity

    The Company’s liquidity position remains strong with solid core deposit relationships, cash, unencumbered securities, a diversified deposit base and access to diversified borrowing sources. At March 31, 2025, the Company had $1.1 billion in immediately available liquidity, compared to $665.6 million in uninsured deposits, or 28.6% of total deposits, representing a coverage ratio of 171.5%.

    Uninsured deposits of the Bank’s customers are eligible for FDIC pass-through insurance if the customer opens an IntraFi Insured Cash Sweep account or a reciprocal time deposit through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry System. IntraFi allows for up to $250.0 million per customer of pass-through FDIC insurance, which would more than cover each of the Bank’s deposit customers if such customer desired to have such pass-through insurance.

    Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality

    At March 31, 2025, the allowance for credit losses was $19.7 million, or 0.95% of total loans, compared to $19.5 million, or 0.94% of total loans, at December 31, 2024. The allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of nonaccrual loans, was 327.1% and 362.9% at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. At March 31, 2025, nonaccrual loans totaled $6.0 million, or 0.29% of total loans, compared to $5.4 million, or 0.26% of total loans, at December 31, 2024. Total delinquent loans decreased from $5.0 million, or 0.24% of total loans, at December 31, 2024 to $4.5 million, or 0.22% of total loans, at March 31, 2025. At March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company did not have any other real estate owned.

    Net Interest Margin

    The net interest margin increased eight basis points from 2.41% for the three months ended December 31, 2024 to 2.49% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased eight basis points from 2.43% for the three months ended December 31, 2024, compared to 2.51% for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Stock Repurchase Program

    On May 21, 2024, the Board of Directors authorized the 2024 Plan under which the Company may repurchase up to 1.0 million shares of its common stock, or approximately 4.6%, of the Company’s then-outstanding shares of common stock. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 206,709 shares of common stock under the 2024 Plan, with an average price per share of $9.12. As of March 31, 2025, there were 265,609 shares of common stock available for repurchase under the 2024 Plan.

    On April 22, 2025, the Board of Directors authorized the 2025 Plan, pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to 1.0 million shares of common stock, or approximately 4.8% of the Company’s outstanding shares as of the date the 2025 Plan was announced. Repurchases under the 2025 Plan will commence upon the completion of the 2024 Plan.

    The repurchase of shares under the stock repurchase program is administered through an independent broker. The shares of common stock repurchased under both the 2024 Plan and the 2025 Plan have been and will continue to be, as applicable, purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market or privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, depending upon market conditions. There is no guarantee as to the exact number, or value, of shares that will be repurchased by the Company, and the Company may discontinue repurchases at any time that the Company’s management (“Management”) determines additional repurchases are not warranted. The timing and amount of additional share repurchases under both the 2024 Plan and the 2025 Plan will depend on a number of factors, including the Company’s stock price performance, ongoing capital planning considerations, general market conditions, and applicable legal requirements.

    Book Value and Tangible Book Value

    At March 31, 2025, the Company’s book value per share was $11.44, compared to $11.30 at December 31, 2024, while tangible book value per share, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased $0.15, or 1.4%, from $10.63 at December 31, 2024 to $10.78 at March 31, 2025. See pages 16-17 for the related tangible book value calculation and a reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures.

    Net Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 Compared to the Three Months Ended December 31, 2024.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company reported a decrease in net income of $985,000, or 30.0%, from $3.3 million, or $0.16 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024, to $2.3 million, or $0.11 per diluted share. Net interest income increased $261,000, or 1.7%, the provision for credit losses increased $904,000, non-interest income decreased $495,000, or 15.2%, and non-interest expense increased $258,000, or 1.7%. Return on average assets and return on average equity were 0.35% and 3.94%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 0.49% and 5.48%, respectively, for the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

    On a sequential quarter basis, net interest income, our primary driver of revenues, increased $261,000, or 1.7%, to $15.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $15.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to a decrease in interest expense of $410,000, or 3.1%, partially offset by a decrease in interest income of $149,000, or 0.5%.

    The net interest margin increased eight basis points from 2.41% for the three months ended December 31, 2024 to 2.49% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased eight basis points from 2.43% for the three months ended December 31, 2024, compared to 2.51% for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    The average yield on interest-earning assets, without the impact of tax-equivalent adjustments, was 4.56% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 4.52% for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The average loan yield, without the impact of tax-equivalent adjustments, was 4.89% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 4.86% for the three months ended December 31, 2024. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, average interest-earning assets increased $12.7 million, or 0.5% to $2.5 billion, primarily due to an increase in average loans of $10.7 million, or 0.5%, and an increase in average securities of $3.9 million, or 1.1%.

    The average cost of total funds, including non-interest bearing accounts and borrowings, decreased four basis points from 2.20% for the three months ended December 31, 2024 to 2.16% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average cost of core deposits, which the Company defines as all deposits except time deposits, increased 10 basis points to 1.08% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from 0.98% for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The average cost of time deposits decreased 20 basis points from 4.31% for the three months ended December 31, 2024, to 4.11% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average cost of borrowings, including subordinated debt, was 5.04% for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Average demand deposits, an interest-free source of funds, decreased $9.6 million, or 1.6%, from $579.2 million, or 25.6% of total average deposits, for the three months ended December 31, 2024, to $569.6 million, or 24.8% of total average deposits, for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Provision for (Reversal of) Credit Losses

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $142,000, compared to a reversal of credit losses of $762,000 during the three months ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to changes in the most recent macroeconomic forecast. The provision for credit losses was also determined by a number of factors: the continued strong credit performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, changes in the loan portfolio mix and Management’s consideration of existing economic conditions. Management will continue to monitor macroeconomic variables related to the interest rate environment, changing tariff policies and concerns of an economic downturn. Management believes it is appropriately reserved for the current economic environment.

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded net charge-offs of $29,000, compared to net recoveries of $128,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    Non-Interest Income

    On a sequential quarter basis, non-interest income decreased $495,000, or 15.2%, to $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $3.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, service charges and fees on deposits decreased $17,000, or 0.7%, to $2.3 million from the three months ended December 31, 2024. Income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) decreased $13,000, or 2.7%, from the three months ended December 31, 2024 to $473,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company reported a gain of $7,000 from mortgage banking activities, compared to a loss of $11,000 during the three months ended December 31, 2024. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company reported unrealized losses on marketable equity securities of $5,000, compared to unrealized losses of $9,000, during the three months ended December 31, 2024. During the three months ended December 31, 2024, the Company reported gains on non-marketable equity investments of $300,000 and did not have comparable income during the three months ended March 31, 2025. During the three months ended December 31, 2024, the Company reported $187,000 in other income from loan-level swap fees on commercial loans and did not have comparable income during the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Non-Interest Expense

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, non-interest expense increased $258,000, or 1.7%, to $15.2 million from $14.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Occupancy expense increased $156,000, or 12.4%, primarily due to snow removal costs of $143,000. Advertising expense increased $119,000, or 38.4%, professional fees increased $75,000, or 15.9%, FDIC insurance expense increased $42,000, or 10.8%, and software related expenses increased $17,000, or 2.6%. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in furniture and equipment expense of $18,000, or 3.6%, a decrease in data processing expense of $18,000, or 2.0%, a decrease in debit card processing and ATM network costs of $16,000, or 2.7%, a decrease in salaries and related benefits of $16,000, or 0.2%, and a decrease in other non-interest expense of $83,000, or 5.8%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and the three months ended December 31, 2024, the efficiency ratio was 83.0% and 80.6%, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the adjusted efficiency ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure, was 83.0% compared to 81.9% for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The increases in the efficiency ratio and the adjusted efficiency ratio were driven by higher expenses and lower non-interest income during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. The Company’s detailed reconciliation between the non-GAAP measure and the comparable GAAP amount are included at the end of this document. See pages 16-17 for the related adjusted efficiency ratio calculation and a reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures.

    Income Tax Provision

    Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $664,000, with an effective tax rate of 22.4%, compared to $1.1 million, with an effective tax rate of 24.6%, for the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    Net Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2024.

    The Company reported net income of $2.3 million, or $0.11 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to net income of $3.0 million, or $0.14 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Net interest income increased $188,000, or 1.2%, provision for credit losses increased $692,000, non-interest income increased $85,000, or 3.2%, and non-interest expense increased $402,000, or 2.7%, during the same period. Return on average assets and return on average equity were 0.35% and 3.94%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 0.47% and 5.04%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

    Net interest income increased $188,000, or 1.2%, to $15.5 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $15.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase in net interest income was due to an increase in interest and dividend income of $1.8 million, or 6.9%, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $1.6 million, or 14.6%. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to an increase in average interest-bearing deposits of $156.1 million, or 9.9%, and an increase in the average cost of interest-bearing deposit accounts of 29 basis points from the three months ended March 31, 2024 to the three months ended March 31, 2025. As a result, the net interest margin decreased from 2.57% for the three months ended March 31, 2024, to 2.49% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, was 2.51% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 2.59% for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The average yield on interest-earning assets, without the impact of tax-equivalent adjustments, increased 11 basis points from 4.45% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 4.56% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average loan yield, without the impact of tax-equivalent adjustments, was 4.89% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 4.82% for the three months ended March 31, 2024. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, average interest-earning assets increased $126.6 million, or 5.3%, to $2.5 billion, primarily due to an increase in average loans of $51.8 million, or 2.6%, an increase in average short-term investments, consisting of cash and cash equivalents, of $66.7 million, an increase in average securities of $5.9 million, or 1.6%, and an increase in average other investments of $2.3 million, or 18.6%.

    The average cost of total funds, including non-interest bearing accounts and borrowings, increased 19 basis points from 1.97% for the three months ended March 31, 2024, to 2.16% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average cost of core deposits, which the Company defines as all deposits except time deposits, increased 32 basis points from 0.76% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 1.08% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average cost of time deposits decreased one basis point from 4.12% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 4.11% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average cost of borrowings, including subordinated debt, increased 13 basis points from 4.91% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 5.04% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Average demand deposits, an interest-free source of funds, increased $11.9 million, or 2.1%, from $557.7 million, or 26.1% of total average deposits, for the three months ended March 31, 2024, to $569.6 million, or 24.8% of total average deposits, for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Provision for (Reversal of) Credit Losses

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $142,000, compared to a reversal of credit losses of $550,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to changes in the most recent macroeconomic forecast. The provision for credit losses was also determined by a number of factors: the continued strong credit performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, changes in the loan portfolio mix and Management’s consideration of existing economic conditions. Management will continue to monitor macroeconomic variables related to the interest rate environment, the continued discussion on tariffs and the concerns of an economic downturn. Management believes it is appropriately reserved for the current economic environment.

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded net charge-offs of $29,000, compared to net recoveries of $67,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Non-Interest Income

    Non-interest income increased $85,000, or 3.2%, from $2.7 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily due to a $65,000, or 2.9%, increase in service charges and fees and an increase in income from BOLI of $20,000, or 4.4%.

    Non-Interest Expense

    Non-interest expense increased $402,000, or 2.7%, from $14.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $15.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Salaries and benefits increased $169,000, or 2.0%, advertising expense increased $80,000, or 22.9%, occupancy expense increased $49,000, or 3.6%, debit card processing and ATM network costs increased $25,000, or 4.5%, FDIC insurance expense increased $21,000, or 5.1%, data processing expense increased $20,000, or 2.3%, furniture and equipment expense increased $3,000, or 0.6%, and other non-interest expense increased $98,000, or 7.8%. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in software related expenses of $40,000, or 5.7%, and a decrease in professional fees of $23,000, or 4.0%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and the three months ended March 31, 2024, the efficiency ratio was 83.0% and 82.0%, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the adjusted efficiency ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure, was 83.0% compared to 82.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increases in the efficiency ratio and the adjusted efficiency ratio were driven by higher expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024. See pages 16-17 for the efficiency ratio calculation and a reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures.

    Income Tax Provision

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, income tax expense was $664,000, with an effective tax rate of 22.4%, compared to $827,000, with an effective tax rate of 21.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Balance Sheet

    At March 31, 2025, total assets were $2.7 billion, an increase of $56.2 million, or 2.1%, from December 31, 2024. The increase in total assets was primarily due to an increase in total gross loans of $9.3 million, or 0.4%, an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $44.1 million, or 66.4%, and an increase in investment securities of $3.6 million, or 1.0%.

    Investments

    At March 31, 2025, the investment securities portfolio totaled $369.8 million, or 13.6% of total assets, compared to $366.1 million, or 13.8% of total assets, at December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio, recorded at fair market value, increased $7.1 million, or 4.4%, from $160.7 million at December 31, 2024 to $167.8 million. The held-to-maturity securities portfolio, recorded at amortized cost, decreased $3.4 million, or 1.7%, from $205.0 million at December 31, 2024 to $201.6 million at March 31, 2025.

    At March 31, 2025, the Company reported unrealized losses on the available-for-sale securities portfolio of $27.8 million, or 14.2% of the amortized cost basis of the available-for-sale securities portfolio, compared to unrealized losses of $31.2 million, or 16.2% of the amortized cost basis of the available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, the Company reported unrealized losses on the held-to-maturity securities portfolio of $35.8 million, or 17.8% of the amortized cost basis of the held-to-maturity securities portfolio, compared to $39.4 million, or 19.2% of the amortized cost basis of the held-to-maturity securities portfolio at December 31, 2024.

    The securities in which the Company may invest are limited by regulation. Federally chartered savings banks have authority to invest in various types of assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities, certain certificates of deposit of insured financial institutions, repurchase agreements, overnight and short-term loans to other banks, corporate debt instruments and marketable equity securities. The securities, with the exception of $8.7 million in corporate bonds, are issued by the United States government or government-sponsored enterprises and are therefore either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed as to the timely payment of contractual principal and interest. These positions are deemed to have no credit impairment, therefore, the disclosed unrealized losses with the securities portfolio relate primarily to changes in prevailing interest rates. In all cases, price improvement in future periods will be realized as the issuances approach maturity.

    Management regularly reviews the portfolio for securities in an unrealized loss position. At March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company did not record any credit impairment charges on its securities portfolio and attributed the unrealized losses primarily due to fluctuations in general interest rates or changes in expected prepayments and not due to credit quality. The primary objective of the Company’s investment portfolio is to provide liquidity and to secure municipal deposit accounts while preserving the safety of principal. The available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios are both eligible for pledging to the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) as collateral for borrowings. The portfolios are comprised of high-credit quality investments and both portfolios generated cash flows monthly from interest, principal amortization and payoffs, which support’s the Bank’s objective to provide liquidity.

    Total Loans

    Total gross loans increased $9.3 million, or 0.4%, from $2.1 billion, or 77.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2024 to $2.1 billion, or 76.7% of total assets, at March 31, 2025. The increase in total gross loans was primarily driven by an increase in residential real estate loans, including home equity loans, of $8.1 million, or 1.0%, and an increase in commercial and industrial loans of $4.7 million, or 2.2%. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in commercial real estate loans of $3.0 million, or 0.3%, and a decrease in consumer loans of $526,000, or 12.0%.

    The following table presents a summary of the loan portfolio by the major classification of loans at the periods indicated:

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
       
    Commercial real estate loans:      
    Non-owner occupied $ 881,105     $ 880,828  
    Owner-occupied   191,582       194,904  
    Total commercial real estate loans   1,072,687       1,075,732  
           
    Residential real estate loans:      
    Residential   659,984       653,802  
    Home equity   123,804       121,857  
    Total residential real estate loans   783,788       775,659  
           
    Commercial and industrial loans   216,368       211,656  
           
    Consumer loans   3,865       4,391  
    Total gross loans   2,076,708       2,067,438  
    Unamortized premiums and net deferred loans fees and costs   2,853       2,751  
    Total loans $ 2,079,561     $ 2,070,189  
                   

    Credit Quality

    Management continues to closely monitor the loan portfolio for any signs of deterioration in borrowers’ financial condition and also in light of speculation that commercial real estate values may deteriorate as the market continues to adjust to higher vacancies and interest rates. We continue to proactively take steps to mitigate risk in our loan portfolio.

    Total delinquency was $4.5 million, or 0.22% of total loans, at March 31, 2025, compared to $5.0 million, or 0.24% of total loans at December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, nonaccrual loans totaled $6.0 million, or 0.29% of total loans, compared to $5.4 million, or 0.26% of total loans, at December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there were no loans 90 or more days past due and still accruing interest. Total nonaccrual assets totaled $6.0 million, or 0.22% of total assets, at March 31, 2025, compared to $5.4 million, or 0.20% of total assets, at December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company did not have any other real estate owned.

    At March 31, 2025, the allowance for credit losses was $19.7 million, or 0.95% of total loans and 327.1% of nonaccrual loans, compared to $19.5 million, or 0.94% of total loans and 362.9% of nonaccrual loans, at December 31, 2024. Total criticized loans, defined as special mention and substandard loans, decreased $2.1 million, or 5.5%, from $38.4 million, or 1.9% of total loans, at December 31, 2024 to $36.3 million, or 1.7% of total loans, at March 31, 2025.

    Our commercial real estate portfolio is comprised of diversified property types and primarily within our geographic footprint. At March 31, 2025, the commercial real estate portfolio totaled $1.1 billion, and represented 51.7% of total loans. Of the $1.1 billion, $881.1 million, or 82.1%, was categorized as non-owner occupied commercial real estate and represented 325.8% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital. More details on the diversification of the loan portfolio are available in the supplementary earnings presentation.

    Deposits

    At March 31, 2025, total deposits were $2.3 billion and increased $66.0 million, or 2.9%, from December 31, 2024. Core deposits, which the Company defines as all deposits except time deposits, increased $70.2 million, or 4.5%, from $1.6 billion, or 68.9% of total deposits, at December 31, 2024, to $1.6 billion, or 70.0% of total deposits, at March 31, 2025. Non-interest-bearing deposits increased $24.4 million, or 4.3%, to $590.0 million, and represent 25.3% of total deposits, money market accounts increased $45.7 million, or 6.9%, to $707.2 million, savings accounts increased $9.8 million, or 5.4%, to $191.4 million and interest-bearing checking accounts decreased $9.6 million, or 6.4%, to $140.8 million.

    Time deposits decreased $4.3 million, or 0.6%, from $703.6 million at December 31, 2024 to $699.3 million at March 31, 2025. Brokered time deposits, which are included in time deposits, totaled $1.7 million at March 31, 2025 and at December 31, 2024. The Company has experienced growth and movement in both money market accounts and non-interest-bearing deposits as a result of seasonal customer behaviors, relationship pricing, and the current interest rate environment, as opposed to time deposit specials or interest rate adjustments. We continue our disciplined and focused approach to core relationship management and customer outreach to meet funding requirements and liquidity needs, with an emphasis on retaining a long-term core customer relationship base by competing for and retaining deposits in our local market. At March 31, 2025, the Bank’s uninsured deposits totaled $665.6 million, or 28.6% of total deposits, compared to $643.6 million, or 28.4% of total deposits, at December 31, 2024.

    The table below is a summary of our deposit balances for the periods noted:

        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Core Deposits:            
    Demand accounts   $ 589,996     $ 565,620     $ 559,928  
    Interest-bearing accounts     140,769       150,348       125,377  
    Savings accounts     191,398       181,618       190,732  
    Money market accounts     707,153       661,478       624,474  
    Total Core Deposits   $ 1,629,316     $ 1,559,064     $ 1,500,511  
    Time Deposits:     699,277       703,583       643,236  
    Total Deposits:   $ 2,328,593     $ 2,262,647     $ 2,143,747  
                             

    FHLB and Subordinated Debt

    At March 31, 2025, total borrowings decreased $860,000, or 0.7%, from $123.1 million at December 31, 2024 to $122.3 million. At March 31, 2025, short-term borrowings decreased $870,000, or 16.1%, to $4.5 million, compared to $5.4 million at December 31, 2024. Long-term borrowings were $98.0 million at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, borrowings also consisted of $19.8 million in fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes.

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company had $447.5 million of additional borrowing capacity at the FHLB, $378.5 million of additional borrowing capacity under the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window and $25.0 million of other unsecured lines of credit with correspondent banks.

    Capital

    At March 31, 2025, shareholders’ equity was $237.7 million, or 8.8% of total assets, compared to $235.9 million, or 8.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2024. The change was primarily attributable to a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $2.6 million, cash dividends paid of $1.4 million, repurchase of shares at a cost of $2.0 million, partially offset by net income of $2.3 million. At March 31, 2025, total shares outstanding were 20,774,319. The Company’s regulatory capital ratios continue to be strong and in excess of regulatory minimum requirements to be considered well-capitalized as defined by regulators and internal Company targets.

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
      Company   Bank   Company   Bank
    Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) 14.28 %   13.56 %   14.38 %   13.65 %
    Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) 12.27 %   12.55 %   12.37 %   12.64 %
    Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) 12.27 %   12.55 %   12.37 %   12.64 %
    Tier 1 Leverage Ratio (to Adjusted Average Assets) 9.06 %   9.26 %   9.14 %   9.34 %
                           

    Dividends

    Although the Company has historically paid quarterly dividends on its common stock and currently intends to continue to pay such dividends, the Company’s ability to pay such dividends depends on a number of factors, including restrictions under federal laws and regulations on the Company’s ability to pay dividends, and as a result, there can be no assurance that dividends will continue to be paid in the future.

    About Western New England Bancorp, Inc.

    Western New England Bancorp, Inc. is a Massachusetts-chartered stock holding company and the parent company of Westfield Bank, CSB Colts, Inc., Elm Street Securities Corporation, WFD Securities, Inc. and WB Real Estate Holdings, LLC. Western New England Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries are headquartered in Westfield, Massachusetts and operate 25 banking offices throughout western Massachusetts and northern Connecticut. To learn more, visit our website at www.westfieldbank.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, future performance, and business. Forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of such words as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “planned,” “estimated,” and “potential.”  Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, estimates with respect to our financial condition, results of operations and business that are subject to various factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from these estimates.  These factors include, but are not limited to:

    • unpredictable changes in general economic or political conditions, financial markets, fiscal, monetary and regulatory policies, including actual or potential stress in the banking industry;
    • the duration and scope of potential pandemics, including the emergence of new variants and the response thereto;
    • unstable political and economic conditions, including changes in tariff policies, which could materially impact credit quality trends and the ability to generate loans and gather deposits;
    • inflation and governmental responses to inflation, including recent sustained increases and potential future increases in interest rates that reduce margins;
    • the effect on our operations of governmental legislation and regulation, including changes in accounting regulation or standards, the nature and timing of the adoption and effectiveness of new requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Basel guidelines, capital requirements and other applicable laws and regulations;
    • significant changes in accounting, tax or regulatory practices or requirements;
    • new legal obligations or liabilities or unfavorable resolutions of litigation;
    • disruptive technologies in payment systems and other services traditionally provided by banks;
    • the highly competitive industry and market area in which we operate;
    • operational risks or risk management failures by us or critical third parties, including without limitation with respect to data processing, information systems, cybersecurity, technological changes, vendor issues, business interruption, and fraud risks;
    • failure or circumvention of our internal controls or procedures;
    • changes in the securities markets which affect investment management revenues;
    • increases in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance premiums and assessments;
    • the soundness of other financial services institutions which may adversely affect our credit risk;
    • certain of our intangible assets may become impaired in the future;
    • new lines of business or new products and services, which may subject us to additional risks;
    • changes in key management personnel which may adversely impact our operations;
    • severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events which could significantly impact our business; and
    • other risk factors detailed from time to time in our SEC filings.

    Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in these forward-looking statements. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We do not undertake any obligation to republish revised forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by law.

    WESTERN NEW ENGLAND BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Net Income and Other Data
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
        2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME:          
    Loans $ 24,984     $ 25,183     $ 25,134     $ 24,340     $ 24,241  
    Securities   2,422       2,273       2,121       2,141       2,114  
    Other investments   191       214       189       148       136  
    Short-term investments   840       916       396       173       113  
    Total interest and dividend income   28,437       28,586       27,840       26,802       26,604  
               
    INTEREST EXPENSE:          
    Deposits   11,376       11,443       11,165       10,335       9,293  
    Short-term borrowings   54       60       71       186       283  
    Long-term debt   1,219       1,557       1,622       1,557       1,428  
    Subordinated debt   254       253       254       254       254  
    Total interest expense   12,903       13,313       13,112       12,332       11,258  
               
    Net interest and dividend income   15,534       15,273       14,728       14,470       15,346  
               
    PROVISION FOR (REVERSAL OF) CREDIT LOSSES   142       (762 )     941       (294 )     (550 )
               
    Net interest and dividend income after provision for (reversal of) credit losses   15,392       16,035       13,787       14,764       15,896  
               
    NON-INTEREST INCOME:          
    Service charges and fees on deposits   2,284       2,301       2,341       2,341       2,219  
    Income from bank-owned life insurance   473       486       470       502       453  
    Unrealized (loss) gain on marketable equity securities   (5 )     (9 )     10       4       8  
    Gain (loss) on sale of mortgages   7       (11 )     246              
    Gain on non-marketable equity investments         300             987        
    Loss on disposal of premises and equipment                           (6 )
    Other income         187       74              
    Total non-interest income   2,759       3,254       3,141       3,834       2,674  
               
    NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:          
    Salaries and employees’ benefits   8,413       8,429       8,112       7,901       8,244  
    Occupancy   1,412       1,256       1,217       1,218       1,363  
    Furniture and equipment   487       505       483       483       484  
    Data processing   882       900       869       846       862  
    Software   659       642       612       566       699  
    Debit/ATM card processing expense   577       593       649       643       552  
    Professional fees   546       471       540       581       569  
    FDIC insurance   431       389       338       323       410  
    Advertising   429       310       271       339       349  
    Other   1,348       1,431       1,315       1,414       1,250  
    Total non-interest expense   15,184       14,926       14,406       14,314       14,782  
               
    INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES   2,967       4,363       2,522       4,284       3,788  
               
    INCOME TAX PROVISION   664       1,075       618       771       827  
    NET INCOME $ 2,303     $ 3,288     $ 1,904     $ 3,513     $ 2,961  
               
    Basic earnings per share $ 0.11     $ 0.16     $ 0.09     $ 0.17     $ 0.14  
    Weighted average shares outstanding   20,385,481       20,561,749       20,804,162       21,056,173       21,180,968  
    Diluted earnings per share $ 0.11     $ 0.16     $ 0.09     $ 0.17     $ 0.14  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding   20,514,098       20,701,276       20,933,833       21,163,762       21,271,323  
               
    Other Data:          
    Return on average assets (1)   0.35 %     0.49 %     0.29 %     0.55 %     0.47 %
    Return on average equity (1)   3.94 %     5.48 %     3.19 %     6.03 %     5.04 %
    Efficiency ratio   83.00 %     80.56 %     80.62 %     78.20 %     82.03 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (2)   82.98 %     81.85 %     80.67 %     82.68 %     82.04 %
    Net interest margin   2.49 %     2.41 %     2.40 %     2.42 %     2.57 %
    Net interest margin, on a fully tax-equivalent basis   2.51 %     2.43 %     2.42 %     2.44 %     2.59 %
    (1) Annualized.      
    (2) The adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) represents the ratio of operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest and dividend income and non-interest income, excluding realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities, gain on non-marketable equity investments, and loss on disposal of premises and equipment.
     
    WESTERN NEW ENGLAND BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (Dollars in thousands)
    (Unaudited)
                       
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 110,579     $ 66,450     $ 72,802     $ 53,458     $ 22,613  
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   167,800       160,704       155,889       135,089       138,362  
    Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost   201,557       205,036       213,266       217,632       221,242  
    Marketable equity securities, at fair value   414       397       252       233       222  
    Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and other restricted stock – at cost   5,818       5,818       7,143       7,143       3,105  
                       
    Loans   2,079,561       2,070,189       2,049,002       2,026,226       2,025,566  
    Allowance for credit losses   (19,669 )     (19,529 )     (19,955 )     (19,444 )     (19,884 )
    Net loans   2,059,892       2,050,660       2,029,047       2,006,782       2,005,682  
                       
    Bank-owned life insurance   77,529       77,056       76,570       76,100       75,598  
    Goodwill   12,487       12,487       12,487       12,487       12,487  
    Core deposit intangible   1,344       1,438       1,531       1,625       1,719  
    Other assets   71,864       73,044       71,492       75,521       76,206  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 2,709,284     $ 2,653,090     $ 2,640,479     $ 2,586,070     $ 2,557,236  
                       
    Total deposits $ 2,328,593     $ 2,262,647     $ 2,224,206     $ 2,171,809     $ 2,143,747  
    Short-term borrowings   4,520       5,390       4,390       6,570       11,470  
    Long-term debt   98,000       98,000       128,277       128,277       120,646  
    Subordinated debt   19,761       19,751       19,741       19,731       19,722  
    Securities pending settlement   2,093       8,622       2,513       102        
    Other liabilities   18,641       22,770       20,697       23,104       25,855  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES   2,471,608       2,417,180       2,399,824       2,349,593       2,321,440  
                       
    TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   237,676       235,910       240,655       236,477       235,796  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 2,709,284     $ 2,653,090     $ 2,640,479     $ 2,586,070     $ 2,557,236  
                       
    WESTERN NEW ENGLAND BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Other Data
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Shares outstanding at end of period   20,774,319       20,875,713       21,113,408       21,357,849       21,627,690  
                       
    Operating results:                  
    Net interest income $ 15,534     $ 15,273     $ 14,728     $ 14,470     $ 15,346  
    Provision for (reversal of) credit losses   142       (762 )     941       (294 )     (550 )
    Non-interest income   2,759       3,254       3,141       3,834       2,674  
    Non-interest expense   15,184       14,926       14,406       14,314       14,782  
    Income before income provision for income taxes   2,967       4,363       2,522       4,284       3,788  
    Income tax provision   664       1,075       618       771       827  
    Net income   2,303       3,288       1,904       3,513       2,961  
                       
    Performance Ratios:                  
    Net interest margin   2.49 %     2.41 %     2.40 %     2.42 %     2.57 %
    Net interest margin, on a fully tax-equivalent basis   2.51 %     2.43 %     2.42 %     2.44 %     2.59 %
    Interest rate spread   1.74 %     1.63 %     1.60 %     1.66 %     1.85 %
    Interest rate spread, on a fully tax-equivalent basis   1.76 %     1.65 %     1.62 %     1.67 %     1.86 %
    Return on average assets   0.35 %     0.49 %     0.29 %     0.55 %     0.47 %
    Return on average equity   3.94 %     5.48 %     3.19 %     6.03 %     5.04 %
    Efficiency ratio (GAAP)   83.00 %     80.56 %     80.62 %     78.20 %     82.03 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)(1)   82.98 %     81.85 %     80.67 %     82.68 %     82.04 %
                       
    Per Common Share Data:                  
    Basic earnings per share $ 0.11     $ 0.16     $ 0.09     $ 0.17     $ 0.14  
    Earnings per diluted share   0.11       0.16       0.09       0.17       0.14  
    Cash dividend declared   0.07       0.07       0.07       0.07       0.07  
    Book value per share   11.44       11.30       11.40       11.07       10.90  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)(2)   10.78       10.63       10.73       10.41       10.25  
                       
    Asset Quality:                  
    30-89 day delinquent loans $ 2,459     $ 3,694     $ 3,059     $ 3,270     $ 3,000  
    90 days or more delinquent loans   2,027       1,301       1,253       2,280       1,716  
    Total delinquent loans   4,486       4,995       4,312       5,550       4,716  
    Total delinquent loans as a percentage of total loans   0.22 %     0.24 %     0.21 %     0.27 %     0.23 %
    Nonaccrual loans $ 6,014     $ 5,381     $ 4,873     $ 5,845     $ 5,837  
    Nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans   0.29 %     0.26 %     0.24 %     0.29 %     0.29 %
    Nonaccrual assets as a percentage of total assets   0.22 %     0.20 %     0.18 %     0.23 %     0.23 %
    Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of nonaccrual loans   327.05 %     362.93 %     409.50 %     332.66 %     340.65 %
    Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans   0.95 %     0.94 %     0.97 %     0.96 %     0.98 %
    Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) $ 29     $ (128 )   $ 98     $ 10     $ (67 )
    Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans   0.00 %     (0.01 )%     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
    (1) The adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) represents the ratio of operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest and dividend income and non-interest income, excluding realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities, gains on non-marketable equity investments, and loss on disposal of premises and equipment.
    (2) Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) represents the value of the Company’s tangible assets divided by its current outstanding shares.
                                           

    The following table sets forth the information relating to our average balances and net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024 and reflects the average yield on interest-earning assets and average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated.

      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Average       Average Yield/   Average       Average Yield/   Average       Average Yield/
      Balance   Interest   Cost(8)   Balance   Interest   Cost(8)   Balance   Interest   Cost(8)
      (Dollars in thousands)
    ASSETS:                                              
    Interest-earning assets                                              
    Loans(1)(2) $ 2,073,486     $ 25,105       4.91 %   $ 2,062,822     $ 25,311       4.88 %   $ 2,021,713     $ 24,351       4.84 %
    Securities(2)   365,371       2,422       2.69       361,476       2,273       2.50       359,493       2,114       2.37  
    Other investments   14,819       191       5.23       15,924       214       5.35       12,494       136       4.38  
    Short-term investments(3)   76,039       840       4.48       76,795       916       4.75       9,386       113       4.84  
    Total interest-earning assets   2,529,715       28,558       4.58       2,517,017       28,714       4.54       2,403,086       26,714       4.47  
    Total non-interest-earning assets   156,733                   155,538                   154,410              
    Total assets $ 2,686,448                 $ 2,672,555                 $ 2,557,496              
                                                   
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY:                                              
    Interest-bearing liabilities                                              
    Interest-bearing checking accounts $ 140,960       250       0.72     $ 149,231       264       0.70     $ 135,559       234       0.69  
    Savings accounts   183,869       40       0.09       179,122       38       0.08       186,125       39       0.08  
    Money market accounts   704,215       3,968       2.29       654,965       3,553       2.16       626,267       2,587       1.66  
    Time deposit accounts   702,748       7,118       4.11       700,324       7,588       4.31       627,699       6,433       4.12  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   1,731,792       11,376       2.66       1,683,642       11,443       2.70       1,575,650       9,293       2.37  
    Short-term borrowings and long-term debt   122,786       1,527       5.04       147,748       1,870       5.04       160,802       1,965       4.91  
    Interest-bearing liabilities   1,854,578       12,903       2.82       1,831,390       13,313       2.89       1,736,452       11,258       2.61  
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   569,638                   579,168                   557,711              
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   25,464                   23,380                   27,078              
    Total non-interest-bearing liabilities   595,102                   602,548                   584,789              
    Total liabilities   2,449,680                   2,433,938                   2,321,241              
    Total equity   236,768                   238,617                   236,255              
    Total liabilities and equity $ 2,686,448                 $ 2,672,555                 $ 2,557,496              
    Less: Tax-equivalent adjustment(2)       (121 )                 (128 )                 (110 )        
    Net interest and dividend income     $ 15,534                 $ 15,273                 $ 15,346          
    Net interest rate spread(4)           1.74 %             1.63 %             1.85 %
    Net interest rate spread, on a tax-equivalent basis(5)           1.76 %             1.65 %             1.86 %
    Net interest margin(6)           2.49 %             2.41 %             2.57 %
    Net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis(7)           2.51 %             2.43 %             2.59 %
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities           136.40 %             137.44 %             138.39 %
    (1) Loans, including nonaccrual loans, are net of deferred loan origination costs and unadvanced funds.
    (2) Loan and securities income are presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a tax rate of 21%. The tax-equivalent adjustment is deducted from tax-equivalent net interest and dividend income to agree to the amount reported on the consolidated statements of net income.
    (3) Short-term investments include federal funds sold.
    (4) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (5) Net interest rate spread, on a tax-equivalent basis, represents the difference between the tax-equivalent weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the tax-equivalent weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (6) Net interest margin represents net interest and dividend income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
    (7) Net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, represents tax-equivalent net interest and dividend income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
    (8) Annualized.
     
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP to GAAP Financial Measures
     

    The Company believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures provide information to investors that is useful in understanding its results of operations and financial condition.  Because not all companies use the same calculation, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures calculated by other companies.  A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below.

      For the quarter ended
      3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
                       
    Loan interest (no tax adjustment) $ 24,984     $ 25,183     $ 25,134     $ 24,340     $ 24,241  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment   121       128       119       114       110  
    Loan interest (tax-equivalent basis) $ 25,105     $ 25,311     $ 25,253     $ 24,454     $ 24,351  
                       
    Net interest income (no tax adjustment) $ 15,534     $ 15,273     $ 14,728     $ 14,470     $ 15,346  
    Tax equivalent adjustment   121       128       119       114       110  
    Net interest income (tax-equivalent basis) $ 15,655     $ 15,401     $ 14,847     $ 14,584     $ 15,456  
                       
    Average interest-earning assets $ 2,529,715     $ 2,517,017     $ 2,441,236     $ 2,400,633     $ 2,403,086  
    Net interest margin (no tax adjustment)   2.49 %     2.41 %     2.40 %     2.42 %     2.57 %
    Net interest margin, tax-equivalent   2.51 %     2.43 %     2.42 %     2.44 %     2.59 %
                       
    Book Value per Share (GAAP) $ 11.44     $ 11.30     $ 11.40     $ 11.07     $ 10.90  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                  
    Goodwill   (0.60 )     (0.60 )     (0.59 )     (0.58 )     (0.58 )
    Core deposit intangible   (0.06 )     (0.07 )     (0.08 )     (0.08 )     (0.07 )
    Tangible Book Value per Share (non-GAAP) $ 10.78     $ 10.63     $ 10.73     $ 10.41     $ 10.25  
                       
      For the quarter ended
      3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
                       
    Efficiency Ratio:                  
    Non-interest Expense (GAAP) $ 15,184     $ 14,926     $ 14,406     $ 14,314     $ 14,782  
                       
    Net Interest Income (GAAP) $ 15,534     $ 15,273     $ 14,728     $ 14,470     $ 15,346  
                       
    Non-interest Income (GAAP) $ 2,759     $ 3,254     $ 3,141     $ 3,834     $ 2,674  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                  
    Unrealized losses (gains) on marketable equity securities   5       9       (10 )     (4 )     (8 )
    Gain on non-marketable equity investments         (300 )           (987 )      
    Loss on disposal of premises and equipment                           6  
    Non-interest Income for Adjusted Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP) $ 2,764     $ 2,963     $ 3,131     $ 2,843     $ 2,672  
    Total Revenue for Adjusted Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP) $ 18,298     $ 18,236     $ 17,859     $ 17,313     $ 18,018  
                       
    Efficiency Ratio (GAAP)   83.00 %     80.56 %     80.62 %     78.20 %     82.03 %
                       
    Adjusted Efficiency Ratio (Non-interest Expense (GAAP)/Total Revenue for Adjusted Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP))   82.98 %     81.85 %     80.67 %     82.68 %     82.04 %
                       

    For further information contact:
    James C. Hagan, President and CEO
    Guida R. Sajdak, Executive Vice President and CFO
    Meghan Hibner, First Vice President and Investor Relations Officer
    413-568-1911

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Hanmi Reports 2025 First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LOS ANGELES, April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Hanmi Financial Corporation (NASDAQ: HAFC, or “Hanmi”), the parent company of Hanmi Bank (the “Bank”), today reported financial results for the first quarter of 2025.

    Net income for the first quarter of 2025 was $17.7 million, or $0.58 per diluted share, unchanged from the fourth quarter of 2024. The return on average assets for the first quarter of 2025 was 0.94% and the return on average equity was 8.92%, compared with a return on average assets of 0.93% and a return on average equity of 8.89% for the fourth quarter of 2024.

    CEO Commentary
    “Our team delivered strong results in the first quarter with solid operating performance across all of our business lines,” said Bonnie Lee, President and Chief Executive Officer. “We achieved our third consecutive quarter of net interest margin expansion, up 11 basis points to 3.02%, primarily driven by lower funding costs.”

    “Deposits increased 3% driven by new commercial accounts and contributions from our newly opened branches, a testament to our core relationship-based banking model. Loan production was solid, fueled by healthy originations in residential mortgages and our SBA business. Importantly, we maintained our strong credit quality, and continued to effectively manage our operating expenses, resulting in our best quarterly efficiency ratio since the fourth quarter of 2023.”

    “Overall, our first quarter results were well-balanced and reflected continued growth and positive momentum, including the successful opening of a new branch in the Atlanta region. Despite elevated macroeconomic uncertainty, our team’s focus, discipline, and commitment to providing exceptional service and market leading products positions us well to deliver long-term value to our shareholders.”

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights:        

    • First quarter net income was $17.7 million, or $0.58 per diluted share, unchanged from fourth quarter of 2024. Preprovision net revenues increased 5.9% from the prior quarter reflecting growth in net interest income, an expanding net interest margin, a solid contribution from fee-based activities, and disciplined expense management.
    • Loans receivable were $6.28 billion at March 31, 2025, up 0.5% from the end of the fourth quarter of 2024; loan production for the first quarter was $345.9 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 7.35%, compared with loan production for the fourth quarter of $339.0 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 7.37%.
    • Deposits were $6.62 billion at March 31, 2025, up 2.9% from the end of the fourth quarter of 2024; noninterest-bearing demand deposits at March 31, 2025 were 31.2% of total deposits.
    • Net interest income for the first quarter was $55.1 million, up 3.1% from the fourth quarter of 2024. Net interest margin (taxable equivalent) increased 11 basis points to 3.02%; the average yield on loans declined two basis points to 5.95%, while the cost of interest-bearing deposits fell 27 basis points to 3.69%.
    • Credit loss expense for the first quarter was $2.7 million, an increase from $0.9 million for the prior quarter. The allowance for credit losses increased $0.5 million to $70.6 million at March 31, 2025, or 1.12% of loans. For the first quarter, net loan charge-offs were $1.9 million, or 0.13% of average loans (annualized).
    • Nonperforming loans were $35.6 million at March 31, 2025, or 0.57% of loans. Criticized loans decreased to $164.9 million, as special mention loans decreased to $118.4 million, while classified loans increased to $46.5 million.

    For more information about Hanmi, please see the Q1 2025 Investor Update (and Supplemental Financial Information), which is available on the Bank’s website at www.hanmi.com and via a current report on Form 8-K on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov. Also, please refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” herein for further details of the presentation of certain non-GAAP financial measures.

    Quarterly Highlights
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      As of or for the Three Months Ended     Amount Change  
      March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Q1-25     Q1-25  
      2025     2024     2024     2024     2024     vs. Q4-24     vs. Q1-24  
                                             
    Net income $ 17,672     $ 17,695     $ 14,892     $ 14,451     $ 15,164     $ (23 )   $ 2,508  
    Net income per diluted common share $ 0.58     $ 0.58     $ 0.49     $ 0.48     $ 0.50     $     $ 0.08  
                                             
    Assets $ 7,729,035     $ 7,677,925     $ 7,712,299     $ 7,586,347     $ 7,512,046     $ 51,110     $ 216,989  
    Loans receivable $ 6,282,189     $ 6,251,377     $ 6,257,744     $ 6,176,359     $ 6,177,840     $ 30,812     $ 104,349  
    Deposits $ 6,619,475     $ 6,435,776     $ 6,403,221     $ 6,329,340     $ 6,376,060     $ 183,699     $ 243,415  
                                             
    Return on average assets   0.94 %     0.93 %     0.79 %     0.77 %     0.81 %     0.01       0.13  
    Return on average stockholders’ equity   8.92 %     8.89 %     7.55 %     7.50 %     7.90 %     0.03       1.02  
                                             
    Net interest margin   3.02 %     2.91 %     2.74 %     2.69 %     2.78 %     0.11       0.24  
    Efficiency ratio (1)   55.69 %     56.79 %     59.98 %     62.24 %     62.42 %     -1.10       -6.73  
                                             
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (2)   9.59 %     9.41 %     9.42 %     9.19 %     9.23 %     0.18       0.36  
    Tangible common equity per common share (2) $ 24.49     $ 23.88     $ 24.03     $ 22.99     $ 22.86       0.61       1.63  
                                             
                                             
    (1) Noninterest expense divided by net interest income plus noninterest income.                    
    (2) Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for further details.                    
                         

    Results of Operations
    Net interest income for the first quarter was $55.1 million, up 3.1% from $53.4 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. The increase was primarily due to a decrease in deposit interest expense from a decrease in deposit rates. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits for the fourth quarter decreased 27 basis points to 3.69% from 3.96% for the fourth quarter of 2024, primarily due to the decrease in the average cost of time deposits to 4.17% for the first quarter from 4.55% for the fourth quarter of 2024. The average balance of interest-bearing deposits increased to $4.46 billion for the first quarter of 2025 from $4.36 billion for the fourth quarter. The average balance of time deposits was $2.35 billion for the first quarter of 2025, essentially unchanged from the fourth quarter. The average balance of noninterest-bearing deposits for the first quarter decreased to $1.90 billion from $1.97 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024. Net interest margin (taxable equivalent) for the first quarter was 3.02%, up 11 basis points from 2.91% for the fourth quarter of 2024.

      For the Three Months Ended (in thousands)     Percentage Change  
      Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,     Q1-25     Q1-25  
    Net Interest Income 2025     2024     2024     2024     2024     vs. Q4-24     vs. Q1-24  
                                             
    Interest and fees on loans receivable (1) $ 90,887     $ 91,545     $ 92,182     $ 90,752     $ 91,674     -0.7 %   -0.9 %
    Interest on securities   6,169       5,866       5,523       5,238       4,955     5.2 %   24.5 %
    Dividends on FHLB stock   360       360       356       357       361     0.0 %   -0.3 %
    Interest on deposits in other banks   1,841       2,342       2,356       2,313       2,604     -21.4 %   -29.3 %
    Total interest and dividend income $ 99,257     $ 100,113     $ 100,417     $ 98,660     $ 99,594     -0.9 %   -0.3 %
                                             
    Interest on deposits   40,559       43,406       47,153       46,495       45,638     -6.6 %   -11.1 %
    Interest on borrowings   2,024       1,634       1,561       1,896       1,655     23.9 %   22.3 %
    Interest on subordinated debentures   1,582       1,624       1,652       1,649       1,646     -2.6 %   -3.9 %
    Total interest expense   44,165       46,664       50,366       50,040       48,939     -5.4 %   -9.8 %
    Net interest income $ 55,092     $ 53,449     $ 50,051     $ 48,620     $ 50,655     3.1 %   8.8 %
                                             
    (1) Includes loans held for sale.                    
                                             
      For the Three Months Ended (in thousands)     Percentage Change  
    Average Earning Assets and Interest-bearing Liabilities Mar 31,
    2025
        Dec 31,
    2024
        Sep 30,
    2024
        Jun 30,
    2024
         Mar 31,
    2024
        Q1-25 vs.
    Q4-24
        Q1-25 vs.
    Q1-24
     
    Loans receivable (1) $ 6,189,531     $ 6,103,264     $ 6,112,324     $ 6,089,440     $ 6,137,888     1.4 %   0.8 %
    Securities   1,001,499       998,313       986,041       979,671       969,520     0.3 %   3.3 %
    FHLB stock   16,385       16,385       16,385       16,385       16,385     0.0 %   0.0 %
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks   176,028       204,408       183,027       180,177       201,724     -13.9 %   -12.7 %
    Average interest-earning assets $ 7,383,443     $ 7,322,370     $ 7,297,777     $ 7,265,673     $ 7,325,517     0.8 %   0.8 %
                                             
    Demand: interest-bearing $ 79,369     $ 79,784     $ 83,647     $ 85,443     $ 86,401     -0.5 %   -8.1 %
    Money market and savings   2,037,224       1,934,540       1,885,799       1,845,870       1,815,085     5.3 %   12.2 %
    Time deposits   2,345,346       2,346,363       2,427,737       2,453,154       2,507,830     0.0 %   -6.5 %
    Average interest-bearing deposits   4,461,939       4,360,687       4,397,183       4,384,467       4,409,316     2.3 %   1.2 %
    Borrowings   179,444       141,604       143,479       169,525       162,418     26.7 %   10.5 %
    Subordinated debentures   130,718       130,567       130,403       130,239       130,088     0.1 %   0.5 %
    Average interest-bearing liabilities $ 4,772,101     $ 4,632,858     $ 4,671,065     $ 4,684,231     $ 4,701,822     3.0 %   1.5 %
                                             
    Average Noninterest Bearing Deposits                                        
    Demand deposits – noninterest bearing $ 1,895,953     $ 1,967,789     $ 1,908,833     $ 1,883,765     $ 1,921,189     -3.7 %   -1.3 %
                                             
    (1) Includes loans held for sale.                    
                                             
      For the Three Months Ended     Yield/Rate Change  
    Average Yields Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,     Q1-25     Q1-25  
    and Rates 2025     2024     2024     2024     2024     vs. Q4-24     vs. Q1-24  
    Loans receivable (1) 5.95 %   5.97 %   6.00 %   5.99 %   6.00 %   -0.02     -0.05  
    Securities (2) 2.49 %   2.38 %   2.27 %   2.17 %   2.07 %   0.11     0.42  
    FHLB stock 8.92 %   8.75 %   8.65 %   8.77 %   8.87 %   0.17     0.05  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 4.24 %   4.56 %   5.12 %   5.16 %   5.19 %   -0.32     -0.95  
    Interest-earning assets 5.45 %   5.45 %   5.48 %   5.46 %   5.47 %   0.00     -0.02  
                                             
    Interest-bearing deposits 3.69 %   3.96 %   4.27 %   4.27 %   4.16 %   -0.27     -0.47  
    Borrowings 4.57 %   4.59 %   4.33 %   4.50 %   4.10 %   -0.02     0.47  
    Subordinated debentures 4.84 %   4.97 %   5.07 %   5.07 %   5.06 %   -0.13     -0.22  
    Interest-bearing liabilities 3.75 %   4.01 %   4.29 %   4.30 %   4.19 %   -0.26     -0.44  
                                             
    Net interest margin (taxable equivalent basis) 3.02 %   2.91 %   2.74 %   2.69 %   2.78 %   0.11     0.24  
                                             
    Cost of deposits 2.59 %   2.73 %   2.97 %   2.98 %   2.90 %   -0.14     -0.31  
                                             
    (1) Includes loans held for sale.                    
    (2) Amounts calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the federal tax rate in effect for the periods presented.
                   

    Credit loss expense for the first quarter was $2.7 million, compared with $0.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. First quarter credit loss expense included a $2.4 million credit loss expense for loan losses and a $0.3 million credit loss expense for off-balance sheet items.

    Noninterest income for the first quarter increased $0.3 million, or 5.0%, to $7.7 million from $7.4 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. The increase was primarily due to a $0.6 million increase on gains from the sale of SBA loans. Gains on sales of SBA loans were $2.0 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared with $1.4 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. The volume of SBA loans sold for the first quarter increased to $32.2 million from $21.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, while trade premiums were 7.82% for the first quarter of 2025 compared with 8.53% for the fourth quarter. Mortgage loans sold for the first quarter were $10.0 million, with a premium of 2.50%, compared with $18.3 million and 1.96% for the fourth quarter. Gains on mortgage loans sold were $0.2 million for the first quarter, compared with $0.3 million for the fourth quarter.

      For the Three Months Ended (in thousands)     Percentage Change  
      Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,     Q1-25     Q1-25  
    Noninterest Income 2025     2024     2024     2024     2024     vs. Q4-24     vs. Q1-24  
    Service charges on deposit accounts $ 2,217     $ 2,192     $ 2,311     $ 2,429     $ 2,450     1.1 %   -9.5 %
    Trade finance and other service charges and fees   1,396       1,364       1,254       1,277       1,414     2.3 %   -1.3 %
    Servicing income   732       668       817       796       712     9.6 %   2.8 %
    Bank-owned life insurance income   309       316       320       638       304     -2.2 %   1.6 %
    All other operating income   897       1,037       1,008       908       928     -13.5 %   -3.3 %
    Service charges, fees & other   5,551       5,577       5,710       6,048       5,808     -0.5 %   -4.4 %
                                             
    Gain on sale of SBA loans   2,000       1,443       1,544       1,644       1,482     38.6 %   35.0 %
    Gain on sale of mortgage loans   175       337       324       365       443     -48.1 %   -60.5 %
    Gain on sale of bank premises               860                 0.0 %   0.0 %
    Total noninterest income $ 7,726     $ 7,357     $ 8,438     $ 8,057     $ 7,733     5.0 %   -0.1 %
                                             

    Noninterest expense for the first quarter increased $0.5 million to $35.0 million from $34.5 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. The increase was primarily due to a $1.6 million gain on the sale of an other-real-estate-owned property in the fourth quarter. Absent this gain, first quarter noninterest expense was down 3.2% sequentially due to decreases in professional fees, advertising and promotion, and other operating expenses, partially offset by a $0.5 million increase in salaries and benefits, which reflected seasonal first quarter increases. All other operating expenses decreased $0.7 million for the first quarter primarily due to the absence of a fourth quarter $0.5 million charge related to an SBA loan acquired in a previous acquisition. The efficiency ratio improved during the first quarter to 55.7%, compared with 56.8% for the fourth quarter of 2024.

      For the Three Months Ended (in thousands)     Percentage Change  
      Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,     Q1-25     Q1-25  
      2025     2024     2024     2024     2024     vs. Q4-24     vs. Q1-24  
    Noninterest Expense                                        
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 20,972     $ 20,498     $ 20,851     $ 20,434     $ 21,585     2.3 %   -2.8 %
    Occupancy and equipment   4,450       4,503       4,499       4,348       4,537     -1.2 %   -1.9 %
    Data processing   3,787       3,800       3,839       3,686       3,551     -0.3 %   6.6 %
    Professional fees   1,468       1,821       1,492       1,749       1,893     -19.4 %   -22.5 %
    Supplies and communication   517       551       538       570       601     -6.2 %   -14.0 %
    Advertising and promotion   585       821       631       669       907     -28.7 %   -35.5 %
    All other operating expenses   3,175       3,847       2,875       3,251       3,160     -17.5 %   0.5 %
    Subtotal   34,954       35,841       34,725       34,707       36,234     -2.5 %   -3.5 %
                                             
    Branch consolidation expense                     301           0.0 %   0.0 %
    Other real estate owned expense (income)   41       (1,588 )     77       6       22     102.6 %   86.4 %
    Repossessed personal property expense (income)   (11 )     281       278       262       189     -103.9 %   -105.8 %
    Total noninterest expense $ 34,984     $ 34,534     $ 35,080     $ 35,276     $ 36,445     1.3 %   -4.0 %
                                             

    Hanmi recorded a provision for income taxes of $7.4 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared with $7.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, representing an effective tax rate of 29.6% and 30.1%, respectively.

    Financial Position
    Total assets at March 31, 2025 increased 0.7%, or $51.1 million, to $7.73 billion from $7.68 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase reflected a $30.4 million increase in loans and a $24.2 million increase in cash, offset partially by a $7.6 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets.

    Loans receivable, before allowance for credit losses, were $6.28 billion at March 31, 2025, up from $6.25 billion at December 31, 2024.

    Loans held-for-sale were $11.8 million at March 31, 2025, up from $8.6 million at December 31, 2024. At the end of the first quarter, loans held-for-sale consisted of the guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans.

      As of (in thousands)     Percentage Change  
      Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,     Q1-25     Q1-25  
      2025     2024     2024     2024     2024     vs. Q4-24     vs. Q1-24  
    Loan Portfolio                                        
    Commercial real estate loans $ 3,975,651     $ 3,949,622     $ 3,932,088     $ 3,888,505     $ 3,878,677     0.7 %   2.5 %
    Residential/consumer loans   979,536       951,302       939,285       954,209       970,362     3.0 %   0.9 %
    Commercial and industrial loans   854,406       863,431       879,092       802,372       774,851     -1.0 %   10.3 %
    Equipment finance   472,596       487,022       507,279       531,273       553,950     -3.0 %   -14.7 %
    Loans receivable   6,282,189       6,251,377       6,257,744       6,176,359       6,177,840     0.5 %   1.7 %
    Loans held for sale   11,831       8,579       54,336       10,467       3,999     37.9 %   195.8 %
    Total $ 6,294,020     $ 6,259,956     $ 6,312,080     $ 6,186,826     $ 6,181,839     0.5 %   1.8 %
                                                       
      As of  
      Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,  
      2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Composition of Loan Portfolio                            
    Commercial real estate loans 63.1 %   63.1 %   62.3 %   62.9 %   62.7 %
    Residential/consumer loans 15.6 %   15.2 %   14.9 %   15.4 %   15.7 %
    Commercial and industrial loans 13.6 %   13.8 %   13.9 %   13.0 %   12.5 %
    Equipment finance 7.5 %   7.8 %   8.0 %   8.5 %   9.0 %
    Loans receivable 99.8 %   99.9 %   99.1 %   99.8 %   99.9 %
    Loans held for sale 0.2 %   0.1 %   0.9 %   0.2 %   0.1 %
    Total 100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                                 

    New loan production was $345.9 million for the first quarter of 2025 with an average rate of 7.35%, while payoffs were $125.1 million during the quarter at an average rate of 6.40%.

    Commercial real estate loan production for the first quarter of 2025 was $146.6 million. Commercial and industrial loan production was $42.3 million, SBA loan production was $55.2 million, equipment finance production was $46.7 million, and residential mortgage loan production was $55.0 million.

      For the Three Months Ended (in thousands)  
      Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,  
      2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    New Loan Production                            
    Commercial real estate loans $ 146,606     $ 146,716     $ 110,246     $ 87,632     $ 60,085  
    Residential/consumer loans   55,000       40,225       40,758       30,194       53,115  
    Commercial and industrial loans   42,344       60,159       105,086       59,007       50,789  
    Equipment finance   46,749       42,168       40,066       42,594       39,155  
    SBA loans   55,242       49,740       51,616       54,486       30,817  
    subtotal   345,941       339,008       347,772       273,913       233,961  
                                 
                                 
    Payoffs   (125,102 )     (137,933 )     (77,603 )     (148,400 )     (86,250 )
    Amortization   (90,743 )     (60,583 )     (151,674 )     (83,640 )     (90,711 )
    Loan sales   (42,193 )     (67,852 )     (43,868 )     (42,945 )     (55,321 )
    Net line utilization   (53,901 )     (75,651 )     9,426       1,929       (4,150 )
    Charge-offs & OREO   (3,190 )     (3,356 )     (2,668 )     (2,338 )     (2,123 )
                                 
    Loans receivable-beginning balance   6,251,377       6,257,744       6,176,359       6,177,840       6,182,434  
    Loans receivable-ending balance $ 6,282,189     $ 6,251,377     $ 6,257,744     $ 6,176,359     $ 6,177,840  
                                           

    Deposits were $6.62 billion at the end of the first quarter of 2025, up $183.7 million, or 2.9%, from $6.44 billion at the end of the prior quarter. Driving the change was a $140.4 million increase in money market and savings deposits and a $72.8 million increase in time deposits, partially offset by a $30.0 million decrease in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits represented 31.2% of total deposits at March 31, 2025 and the loan-to-deposit ratio was 94.9%.

      As of (in thousands)     Percentage Change  
      Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,     Q1-25     Q1-25  
      2025     2024     2024     2024     2024     vs. Q4-24     vs. Q1-24  
    Deposit Portfolio                                        
    Demand: noninterest-bearing $ 2,066,659     $ 2,096,634     $ 2,051,790     $ 1,959,963     $ 1,933,060     -1.4 %   6.9 %
    Demand: interest-bearing   80,790       80,323       79,287       82,981       87,374     0.6 %   -7.5 %
    Money market and savings   2,073,943       1,933,535       1,898,834       1,834,797       1,859,865     7.3 %   11.5 %
    Time deposits   2,398,083       2,325,284       2,373,310       2,451,599       2,495,761     3.1 %   -3.9 %
    Total deposits $ 6,619,475     $ 6,435,776     $ 6,403,221     $ 6,329,340     $ 6,376,060     2.9 %   3.8 %
                                                       
      As of  
      Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,  
      2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Composition of Deposit Portfolio                            
    Demand: noninterest-bearing 31.2 %   32.6 %   32.0 %   31.0 %   30.3 %
    Demand: interest-bearing 1.2 %   1.2 %   1.2 %   1.3 %   1.4 %
    Money market and savings 31.3 %   30.0 %   29.7 %   29.0 %   29.2 %
    Time deposits 36.3 %   36.2 %   37.1 %   38.7 %   39.1 %
    Total deposits 100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

    Stockholders’ equity at March 31, 2025 was $751.5 million, up $19.3 million from $732.2 million at December 31, 2024. The increase included $9.5 million in net income, net of dividends paid, for the first quarter. In addition, the increase in stockholders’ equity included a $10.4 million decrease in unrealized after-tax losses on securities available for sale, and a $0.3 million decrease in unrealized after-tax losses on cash flow hedges, due to changes in interest rates during the first quarter of 2025. Hanmi also repurchased 50,000 shares of common stock at a cost of $1.1 million, for an average share price of $22.49, during the quarter. At March 31, 2025, 1,180,500 shares remain under Hanmi’s share repurchase program. Tangible common stockholders’ equity was $740.5 million, or 9.59% of tangible assets at March 31, 2025 compared with $721.1 million, or 9.41% of tangible assets at the end of the prior quarter. Please refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section below for more information.

    Hanmi and the Bank exceeded minimum regulatory capital requirements, and the Bank continues to exceed the minimum for the “well capitalized” category. At March 31, 2025, Hanmi’s preliminary common equity tier 1 capital ratio was 12.13% and its total risk-based capital ratio was 15.29%, compared with 12.11% and 15.24%, respectively, at the end of the prior quarter.

      As of     Ratio Change  
      Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,     Q1-25     Q1-25  
      2025     2024     2024     2024     2024     vs. Q4-24     vs. Q1-24  
    Regulatory Capital ratios (1)                                        
    Hanmi Financial                                        
    Total risk-based capital 15.29 %   15.24 %   15.03 %   15.24 %   15.20 %   0.05     0.09  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital 12.47 %   12.46 %   12.29 %   12.46 %   12.40 %   0.01     0.07  
    Common equity tier 1 capital 12.13 %   12.11 %   11.95 %   12.11 %   12.05 %   0.02     0.08  
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 10.67 %   10.63 %   10.56 %   10.51 %   10.36 %   0.04     0.31  
    Hanmi Bank                                        
    Total risk-based capital 14.48 %   14.43 %   14.27 %   14.51 %   14.50 %   0.05     -0.02  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital 13.35 %   13.36 %   13.23 %   13.47 %   13.44 %   -0.01     -0.09  
    Common equity tier 1 capital 13.35 %   13.36 %   13.23 %   13.47 %   13.44 %   -0.01     -0.09  
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 11.49 %   11.47 %   11.43 %   11.41 %   11.29 %   0.02     0.20  
                                             
    (1) Preliminary ratios for March 31, 2025                    
                                             

    Asset Quality
    Loans 30 to 89 days past due and still accruing were 0.28% of loans at the end of the first quarter of 2025, compared with 0.30% at the end of the prior quarter.

    Criticized loans totaled $164.9 million at March 31, 2025, down from $165.3 million at the end of the fourth quarter of 2024. The $0.4 million decrease resulted from a $21.2 million decrease in special mention loans, partially offset by a $20.8 million increase in classified loans. The $21.2 million decrease in special mention loans included loan upgrades of $20.5 million and amortization/paydowns of $0.9 million, offset by additions of $0.2 million. The $20.8 million increase in classified loans resulted from $22.8 million of loan downgrades and $3.4 million of equipment financing downgrades. Loan downgrades were primarily the result of a $20.0 million syndicated commercial real estate office loan designated as nonaccrual during the first quarter of 2025. Additions were offset by $2.7 million of equipment financing  charge-offs, $1.1 million of payoffs, $1.0 million of amortization/paydowns, $0.3 million of loan charge-offs and $0.3 million of loan upgrades.

    Nonperforming loans were $35.6 million at March 31, 2025, up from $14.3 million at the end of the prior quarter. The $21.3 million increase primarily reflects additions of $26.1 million, offset by charge-offs of $3.0 million, pay-offs of $0.8 million, $0.9 million in paydowns, and loan upgrades of $0.1 million. Additions included $23.0 million of loans and $3.1 million of equipment financing agreements. Loan additions were driven primarily by the previously mentioned $20.0 million commercial real estate loan designated as nonaccrual during the first quarter of 2025.

    Nonperforming assets were $35.7 million at March 31, 2025, up from $14.4 million at the end of the prior quarter. As a percentage of total assets, nonperforming assets were 0.46% at March 31, 2025, and 0.19% at the end of the prior quarter.

    Gross charge-offs for the first quarter of 2025 were $3.2 million, compared with $3.4 million for the preceding quarter. Charge-offs included $2.8 million on equipment financing agreements. Recoveries of previously charged-off loans were $1.3 million in the first quarter of 2025, which included $0.8 million of recoveries on equipment financing agreements. As a result, there were $1.9 million of net charge-offs for the first quarter of 2025, compared to net recoveries of $0.1 million for the prior quarter.

    The allowance for credit losses was $70.6 million at March 31, 2025, compared with $70.1 million at December 31, 2024. Specific allowances for loans increased $5.6 million because of a $6.2 million specific allowance on the previously mentioned $20.0 million commercial real estate loan designated as nonaccrual during the first quarter of 2025, and collectively evaluated allowances decreased $5.2 million. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to loans was 1.12% at March 31, 2025 and at the end of the prior quarter.

      As of or for the Three Months Ended (in thousands)     Amount Change  
      Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,     Q1-25     Q1-25  
      2025     2024     2024     2024     2024     vs. Q4-24     vs. Q1-24  
    Asset Quality Data and Ratios                                        
                                             
    Delinquent loans:                                        
    Loans, 30 to 89 days past due and still accruing $ 17,312     $ 18,454     $ 15,027     $ 13,844     $ 15,839     $ (1,142 )   $ 1,473  
    Delinquent loans to total loans   0.28 %     0.30 %     0.24 %     0.22 %     0.26 %     (0.02 )     0.02  
                                             
    Criticized loans:                                        
    Special mention $ 118,380     $ 139,612     $ 131,575     $ 36,921     $ 62,317     $ (21,232 )   $ 56,063  
    Classified   46,519       25,683       28,377       33,945       23,670       20,836       22,849  
    Total criticized loans (1) $ 164,899     $ 165,295     $ 159,952     $ 70,866     $ 85,987     $ (396 )   $ 78,912  
                                             
    Criticized loans to total loans   2.62 %     2.64 %     2.56 %     1.15 %     1.39 %     (0.02 )     1.23  
                                             
    Nonperforming assets:                                        
    Nonaccrual loans $ 35,459     $ 14,272     $ 15,248     $ 19,245     $ 14,025     $ 21,187     $ 21,434  
    Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing   112             242                   112       112  
    Nonperforming loans (2)   35,571       14,272       15,490       19,245       14,025       21,299       21,546  
    Other real estate owned, net   117       117       772       772       117              
    Nonperforming assets (3) $ 35,688     $ 14,389     $ 16,262     $ 20,017     $ 14,142     $ 21,299     $ 21,546  
                                             
    Nonperforming assets to assets (2)   0.46 %     0.19 %     0.21 %     0.26 %     0.19 %     0.27       0.27  
    Nonperforming loans to total loans   0.57 %     0.23 %     0.25 %     0.31 %     0.23 %     0.34       0.34  
                                             
    (1) Includes nonaccrual loans of $34.4 million, $13.4 million, $13.6 million, $18.4 million, and $14.0 million as of Q1-25, Q4-24, Q3-24, Q2-24, and Q1-24, respectively. 
    (2) Excludes a $27.2 million nonperforming loan held-for-sale as of September 30, 2024.    
    (3) Excludes repossessed personal property of $0.7 million, $0.6 million, $1.2 million, $1.2 million, and $1.3 million as of Q1-25, Q4-24, Q3-24, Q2-24, and Q1-24, respectively. 
       
      As of or for the Three Months Ended (in thousands)  
      Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Sep 30,     Jun 30,     Mar 31,  
      2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Allowance for credit losses related to loans:                            
    Balance at beginning of period $ 70,147     $ 69,163     $ 67,729     $ 68,270     $ 69,462  
    Credit loss expense (recovery) on loans   2,396       855       2,312       1,248       404  
    Net loan (charge-offs) recoveries   (1,946 )     129       (878 )     (1,789 )     (1,596 )
    Balance at end of period $ 70,597     $ 70,147     $ 69,163     $ 67,729     $ 68,270  
                                 
    Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans (1)   0.13 %     -0.01 %     0.06 %     0.12 %     0.10 %
    Allowance for credit losses to loans   1.12 %     1.12 %     1.11 %     1.10 %     1.11 %
                                 
    Allowance for credit losses related to off-balance sheet items:                            
    Balance at beginning of period $ 2,074     $ 1,984     $ 2,010     $ 2,297     $ 2,474  
    Credit loss expense (recovery) on off-balance sheet items   325       90       (26 )     (287 )     (177 )
    Balance at end of period $ 2,399     $ 2,074     $ 1,984     $ 2,010     $ 2,297  
                                 
    Unused commitments to extend credit $ 896,282     $ 782,587     $ 739,975     $ 795,391     $ 792,769  
                                 
    (1) Annualized                            

    Corporate Developments
    On January 28, 2025, Hanmi’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend on its common stock for the 2025 first quarter of $0.27 per share. Hanmi paid the dividend on February 26, 2025, to stockholders of record as of the close of business on February 10, 2025.

    Earnings Conference Call        
    Hanmi Bank will host its first quarter 2025 earnings conference call today, April 22, 2025, at 2:00 p.m. PST (5:00 p.m. EST) to discuss these results. This call will also be webcast. To access the call, please dial 1-877-407-9039 before 2:00 p.m. PST, using access code Hanmi Bank. To listen to the call online, either live or archived, please visit Hanmi’s Investor Relations website at https://investors.hanmi.com/ where it will also be available for replay approximately one hour following the call.

    About Hanmi Financial Corporation
    Headquartered in Los Angeles, California, Hanmi Financial Corporation owns Hanmi Bank, which serves multi-ethnic communities through its network of 32 full-service branches and eight loan production offices in California, Texas, Illinois, Virginia, New Jersey, New York, Colorado, Washington and Georgia. Hanmi Bank specializes in real estate, commercial, SBA and trade finance lending to small and middle market businesses. Additional information is available at www.hanmi.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains forward-looking statements, which are included in accordance with the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact are “forward–looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws, including, but not limited to, statements about our anticipated future operating and financial performance, financial position and liquidity, business strategies, regulatory and competitive outlook, investment and expenditure plans, capital and financing needs and availability, plans and objectives of management for future operations, developments regarding our capital and strategic plans, and other similar forecasts and statements of expectation and statements of assumption underlying any of the foregoing. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expects,” “plans,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue,” or the negative of such terms and other comparable terminology. Although we believe that our forward-looking statements to be reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

    Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These factors include the following:

    • a failure to maintain adequate levels of capital and liquidity to support our operations;
    • general economic and business conditions internationally, nationally and in those areas in which we operate, including any potential recessionary conditions;
    • volatility and deterioration in the credit and equity markets;
    • changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
    • availability of capital from private and government sources;
    • demographic changes;
    • competition for loans and deposits and failure to attract or retain loans and deposits;
    • inflation and fluctuations in interest rates that reduce our margins and yields, the fair value of financial instruments, the level of loan originations or prepayments on loans we have made and make, the level of loan sales and the cost we pay to retain and attract deposits and secure other types of funding;
    • our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;
    • the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, terrorism or other geopolitical events;
    • the effect of potential future supervisory action against us or Hanmi Bank and our ability to address any issues raised in our regulatory exams;
    • risks of natural disasters;
    • legal proceedings and litigation brought against us;
    • a failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including cyberattacks;
    • the failure to maintain current technologies;
    • risks associated with Small Business Administration loans;
    • failure to attract or retain key employees;
    • our ability to access cost-effective funding;
    • the imposition of tariffs or other domestic or international governmental policies;
    • changes in liquidity, including the size and composition of our deposit portfolio and the percentage of uninsured deposits in the portfolio;
    • fluctuations in real estate values;
    • changes in accounting policies and practices;
    • changes in governmental regulation, including, but not limited to, any increase in FDIC insurance premiums and changes in the monetary policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
    • the ability of Hanmi Bank to make distributions to Hanmi Financial Corporation, which is restricted by certain factors, including Hanmi Bank’s retained earnings, net income, prior distributions made, and certain other financial tests;
    • strategic transactions we may enter into;
    • the adequacy of and changes in the methodology for computing our allowance for credit losses;
    • our credit quality and the effect of credit quality on our credit losses expense and allowance for credit losses;
    • changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers and the ability of our borrowers to perform under the terms of their loans and other terms of credit agreements;
    • our ability to control expenses; and
    • cyber security and fraud risks against our information technology and those of our third-party providers and vendors.

    In addition, we set forth certain risks in our reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K that we will file hereafter, which could cause actual results to differ from those projected. We undertake no obligation to update such forward-looking statements except as required by law.

    Investor Contacts:
    Romolo (Ron) Santarosa
    Senior Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
    213-427-5636

    Lisa Fortuna
    Investor Relations
    Financial Profiles, Inc.
    lfortuna@finprofiles.com
    310-622-8251

    Hanmi Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)

      March 31,     December 31,     Percentage     March 31,     Percentage  
      2025     2024     Change     2024     Change  
    Assets                            
    Cash and due from banks $ 329,003     $ 304,800       7.9 %   $ 256,038       28.5 %
    Securities available for sale, at fair value   907,011       905,798       0.1 %     872,190       4.0 %
    Loans held for sale, at the lower of cost or fair value   11,831       8,579       37.9 %     3,999       195.8 %
    Loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses   6,211,592       6,181,230       0.5 %     6,109,570       1.7 %
    Accrued interest receivable   23,536       22,937       2.6 %     23,032       2.2 %
    Premises and equipment, net   20,866       21,404       -2.5 %     21,952       -4.9 %
    Customers’ liability on acceptances   552       1,226       -55.0 %     161       242.9 %
    Servicing assets   6,422       6,457       -0.5 %     6,890       -6.8 %
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   11,031       11,031       0.0 %     11,074       -0.4 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock, at cost   16,385       16,385       0.0 %     16,385       0.0 %
    Bank-owned life insurance   57,476       57,168       0.5 %     56,639       1.5 %
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   133,330       140,910       -5.4 %     134,116       -0.6 %
    Total assets $ 7,729,035     $ 7,677,925       0.7 %   $ 7,512,046       2.9 %
                                 
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                            
    Liabilities:                            
    Deposits:                            
    Noninterest-bearing $ 2,066,659     $ 2,096,634       -1.4 %   $ 1,933,060       6.9 %
    Interest-bearing   4,552,816       4,339,142       4.9 %     4,443,000       2.5 %
    Total deposits   6,619,475       6,435,776       2.9 %     6,376,060       3.8 %
    Accrued interest payable   29,646       34,824       -14.9 %     38,007       -22.0 %
    Bank’s liability on acceptances   552       1,226       -55.0 %     161       242.9 %
    Borrowings   117,500       262,500       -55.2 %     172,500       -31.9 %
    Subordinated debentures   130,799       130,638       0.1 %     130,165       0.5 %
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   79,578       80,787       -1.5 %     92,053       -13.6 %
    Total liabilities   6,977,550       6,945,751       0.5 %     6,808,946       2.5 %
                                 
    Stockholders’ equity:                            
    Common stock   34       34       0.0 %     34       0.0 %
    Additional paid-in capital   591,942       591,069       0.1 %     587,687       0.7 %
    Accumulated other comprehensive income   (60,002 )     (70,723 )     15.2 %     (76,890 )     22.0 %
    Retained earnings   360,289       350,869       2.7 %     326,526       10.3 %
    Less treasury stock   (140,778 )     (139,075 )     -1.2 %     (134,257 )     -4.9 %
    Total stockholders’ equity   751,485       732,174       2.6 %     703,100       6.9 %
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,729,035     $ 7,677,925       0.7 %   $ 7,512,046       2.9 %
                                 

    Hanmi Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

      Three Months Ended  
      March 31,     December 31,     Percentage     March 31,     Percentage  
      2025     2024     Change     2024     Change  
    Interest and dividend income:                            
    Interest and fees on loans receivable $ 90,887     $ 91,545       -0.7 %   $ 91,674       -0.9 %
    Interest on securities   6,169       5,866       5.2 %     4,955       24.5 %
    Dividends on FHLB stock   360       360       0.0 %     361       -0.3 %
    Interest on deposits in other banks   1,841       2,342       -21.4 %     2,604       -29.3 %
    Total interest and dividend income   99,257       100,113       -0.9 %     99,594       -0.3 %
    Interest expense:                            
    Interest on deposits   40,559       43,406       -6.6 %     45,638       -11.1 %
    Interest on borrowings   2,024       1,634       23.9 %     1,655       22.3 %
    Interest on subordinated debentures   1,582       1,624       -2.6 %     1,646       -3.9 %
    Total interest expense   44,165       46,664       -5.4 %     48,939       -9.8 %
    Net interest income before credit loss expense   55,092       53,449       3.1 %     50,655       8.8 %
    Credit loss expense   2,721       945       187.9 %     227       1098.7 %
    Net interest income after credit loss expense   52,371       52,504       -0.3 %     50,428       3.9 %
    Noninterest income:                            
    Service charges on deposit accounts   2,217       2,192       1.1 %     2,450       -9.5 %
    Trade finance and other service charges and fees   1,396       1,364       2.3 %     1,414       -1.3 %
    Gain on sale of Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans   2,000       1,443       38.6 %     1,482       35.0 %
    Other operating income   2,113       2,358       -10.4 %     2,387       -11.5 %
    Total noninterest income   7,726       7,357       5.0 %     7,733       -0.1 %
    Noninterest expense:                            
    Salaries and employee benefits   20,972       20,498       2.3 %     21,585       -2.8 %
    Occupancy and equipment   4,450       4,503       -1.2 %     4,537       -1.9 %
    Data processing   3,787       3,800       -0.3 %     3,551       6.6 %
    Professional fees   1,468       1,821       -19.4 %     1,893       -22.5 %
    Supplies and communications   517       551       -6.2 %     601       -14.0 %
    Advertising and promotion   585       821       -28.7 %     907       -35.5 %
    Other operating expenses   3,205       2,540       26.2 %     3,371       -4.9 %
    Total noninterest expense   34,984       34,534       1.3 %     36,445       -4.0 %
    Income before tax   25,113       25,327       -0.8 %     21,716       15.6 %
    Income tax expense   7,441       7,632       -2.5 %     6,552       13.6 %
    Net income $ 17,672     $ 17,695       -0.1 %   $ 15,164       16.5 %
                                 
    Basic earnings per share: $ 0.59     $ 0.59           $ 0.50        
    Diluted earnings per share: $ 0.58     $ 0.58           $ 0.50        
                                 
    Weighted-average shares outstanding:                            
    Basic   29,937,660       29,933,644             30,119,646        
    Diluted   30,058,248       30,011,773             30,119,646        
    Common shares outstanding   30,233,514       30,195,999             30,276,358        
                                       

    Hanmi Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
    Average Balance, Average Yield Earned, and Average Rate Paid (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)

      Three Months Ended  
      March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024     March 31, 2024  
            Interest   Average           Interest   Average           Interest   Average  
      Average     Income /   Yield /     Average     Income /   Yield /     Average     Income /   Yield /  
      Balance     Expense   Rate     Balance     Expense   Rate     Balance     Expense   Rate  
    Assets                                              
    Interest-earning assets:                                              
    Loans receivable (1) $ 6,189,531     $ 90,887   5.95 %   $ 6,103,264     $ 91,545   5.97 %   $ 6,137,888     $ 91,674   6.00 %
    Securities (2)   1,001,499       6,169   2.49 %     998,313       5,866   2.38 %     969,520       4,955   2.07 %
    FHLB stock   16,385       360   8.92 %     16,385       360   8.75 %     16,385       361   8.87 %
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks   176,028       1,841   4.24 %     204,408       2,342   4.56 %     201,724       2,604   5.19 %
    Total interest-earning assets   7,383,443       99,257   5.45 %     7,322,370       100,113   5.45 %     7,325,517       99,594   5.47 %
                                                   
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                              
    Cash and due from banks   53,670                 54,678                 58,382            
    Allowance for credit losses   (69,648 )               (69,291 )               (69,106 )          
    Other assets   249,148                 246,744                 244,700            
                                                   
    Total assets $ 7,616,613               $ 7,554,501               $ 7,559,493            
                                                   
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                                              
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                              
    Deposits:                                              
    Demand: interest-bearing $ 79,369     $ 27   0.14 %   $ 79,784     $ 26   0.13 %   $ 86,401     $ 30   0.14 %
    Money market and savings   2,037,224       16,437   3.27 %     1,934,540       16,564   3.41 %     1,815,085       16,553   3.67 %
    Time deposits   2,345,346       24,095   4.17 %     2,346,363       26,816   4.55 %     2,507,830       29,055   4.66 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   4,461,939       40,559   3.69 %     4,360,687       43,406   3.96 %     4,409,316       45,638   4.16 %
    Borrowings   179,444       2,024   4.57 %     141,604       1,634   4.59 %     162,418       1,655   4.10 %
    Subordinated debentures   130,718       1,582   4.84 %     130,567       1,624   4.97 %     130,088       1,646   5.06 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   4,772,101       44,165   3.75 %     4,632,858       46,664   4.01 %     4,701,822       48,939   4.19 %
                                                   
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity:                                              
    Demand deposits: noninterest-bearing   1,895,953                 1,967,789                 1,921,189            
    Other liabilities   144,654                 162,064                 164,524            
    Stockholders’ equity   803,905                 791,790                 771,958            
                                                   
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,616,613               $ 7,554,501               $ 7,559,493            
                                                   
    Net interest income       $ 55,092               $ 53,449               $ 50,655      
                                                   
    Cost of deposits           2.59 %             2.73 %             2.90 %
    Net interest spread (taxable equivalent basis)           1.70 %             1.44 %             1.28 %
    Net interest margin (taxable equivalent basis)           3.02 %             2.91 %             2.78 %
                                                   
                                                   
                                                   
    (1) Includes average loans held for sale.
    (2) Income calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the federal tax rate in effect for the periods presented.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor is it necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.

    Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets Ratio

    Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio is supplemental financial information determined by a method other than in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). This non-GAAP measure is used by management in the analysis of Hanmi’s capital strength. Tangible common equity is calculated by subtracting goodwill and other intangible assets from stockholders’ equity. Banking and financial institution regulators also exclude goodwill and other intangible assets from stockholders’ equity when assessing the capital adequacy of a financial institution. Management believes the presentation of this financial measure excluding the impact of these items provides useful supplemental information that is essential to a proper understanding of the capital strength of Hanmi.

    The following table reconciles this non-GAAP performance measure to the GAAP performance measure for the periods indicated:

    Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets Ratio (Unaudited)
    (In thousands, except share, per share data and ratios)

      March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
    Hanmi Financial Corporation 2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Assets $ 7,729,035     $ 7,677,925     $ 7,712,299     $ 7,586,347     $ 7,512,046  
    Less goodwill and other intangible assets   (11,031 )     (11,031 )     (11,031 )     (11,048 )     (11,074 )
    Tangible assets $ 7,718,004     $ 7,666,894     $ 7,701,268     $ 7,575,299     $ 7,500,972  
                                 
    Stockholders’ equity (1) $ 751,485     $ 732,174     $ 736,709     $ 707,059     $ 703,100  
    Less goodwill and other intangible assets   (11,031 )     (11,031 )     (11,031 )     (11,048 )     (11,074 )
    Tangible stockholders’ equity (1) $ 740,454     $ 721,143     $ 725,678     $ 696,011     $ 692,026  
                                 
    Stockholders’ equity to assets   9.72 %     9.54 %     9.55 %     9.32 %     9.36 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (1)   9.59 %     9.41 %     9.42 %     9.19 %     9.23 %
                                 
    Common shares outstanding   30,233,514       30,195,999       30,196,755       30,272,110       30,276,358  
    Tangible common equity per common share $ 24.49     $ 23.88     $ 24.03     $ 22.99     $ 22.86  
                                 
                                 
    (1) There were no preferred shares outstanding at the periods indicated.
             

    Preprovision Net Revenues

    Preprovision net revenues is supplemental financial information determined by a method other than in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This non-GAAP measure is used by management to measure Hanmi’s core operational performance, excluding the impact of provisions for loan losses. By isolating preprovision net revenues, management can better understand the Company’s true profitability and make more informed strategic decisions. Preprovision net revenues is calculated adding income tax expense and credit loss expense to net income. Management believes this financial measure highlights the Company’s revenue activities and operational efficiency, excluding unpredictable loan loss provisions.

    The following table details the Company’s preprovision net revenues, which are non-GAAP measures, for the periods indicated:

    Preprovision Net Revenues (Unaudited)
    (In thousands, except percentages)

                                    Amount Change  
    Hanmi Financial   March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Q1-25     Q1-25  
    Corporation 2025     2024     2024     2024     2024     vs. Q4-24     vs. Q1-24  
    Net income $ 17,672     $ 17,695     $ 14,892     $ 14,451     $ 15,164              
    Add back:                                        
    Credit loss expense   2,721       945       2,286       961       227              
    Income tax expense   7,441       7,632       6,231       5,989       6,552              
    Preprovision net revenues $ 27,834     $ 26,272     $ 23,409     $ 21,401     $ 21,943     5.9 %   26.8 %

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: National Bank Holdings Corporation Announces First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NYSE Ticker: NBHC

    DENVER, April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — National Bank Holdings Corporation (the “Company”) reported:

        For the quarter(1)   For the quarter – adjusted(1)(2)
        1Q25   4Q24   1Q24   1Q25   4Q24   1Q24
    Net income ($000’s)   $ 24,231     $ 28,184     $ 31,391     $ 24,231     $ 33,232     $ 31,391  
    Earnings per share – diluted   $ 0.63     $ 0.73     $ 0.82     $ 0.63     $ 0.86     $ 0.82  
    Return on average assets     0.99 %     1.13 %     1.28 %     0.99 %     1.33 %     1.28 %
    Return on average tangible assets(2)     1.09 %     1.23 %     1.39 %     1.09 %     1.44 %     1.39 %
    Return on average equity     7.42 %     8.59 %     10.30 %     7.42 %     10.13 %     10.30 %
    Return on average tangible common equity(2)     10.64 %     12.31 %     15.14 %     10.64 %     14.40 %     15.14 %

                                                          

    (1)   Ratios are annualized.
    (2)   See non-GAAP reconciliations below.
         

    In announcing these results, Chief Executive Officer Tim Laney shared, “We delivered quarterly net income of $24.2 million and $0.63 of earnings per diluted share. The quarter’s results were negatively impacted by elevated provision primarily resulting from a loan charge-off involving suspected fraud by the borrower. Removing the impact of the fraud-related charge-off and a payroll tax credit benefit included in the quarter, earnings per share would have exceeded analysts’ median estimate for the quarter. It’s noteworthy that we delivered a return on tangible assets of 1.1% even in light of the charge-off. Further, past dues and non-performing loan ratios improved during the quarter. With a solid net interest margin of 3.93%, we drove 3.4% growth in our fully taxable equivalent net interest income over the same period last year.”

    Mr. Laney added, “Our commitment to serve our clients, coupled with building a fortress balance sheet with strong capital, liquidity, and diversified sources of funding has led us to be recognized by Forbes as one of the best banks in the United States. Our Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio totaled 13.6% and tangible book value per share grew $0.66 during the quarter to $25.94 per share. We have built our Bank to withstand uncertain and volatile times, and we continue to make meaningful investments in technology and drive shareholders returns.”

    First Quarter 2025 Results
    (All comparisons refer to the fourth quarter of 2024, except as noted)

    Net income totaled $24.2 million or $0.63 per diluted share, compared to $28.2 million or $0.73 per diluted share. The first quarter’s results were impacted by $10.2 million of provision expense recorded primarily to cover a charge-off on one credit driven by suspected fraudulent activity by the borrower. The return on average tangible assets totaled 1.09%, compared to 1.23%, and the return on average tangible common equity totaled 10.64%, compared to 12.31%.

    Net Interest Income
    Fully taxable equivalent net interest income totaled $88.6 million, compared to $92.0 million, decreasing $3.4 million due to two fewer business days in the first quarter and a decrease of $37.9 million in average earning assets. The fully taxable equivalent net interest margin narrowed six basis points to 3.93%, driven by a 13 basis point decrease in earning asset yields, partially offset by an eight basis point improvement in the cost of funds.

    Loans
    Loans totaled $7.6 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $7.8 billion. We generated quarterly loan fundings of $255.7 million, led by commercial loan fundings of $160.2 million. The first quarter weighted average rate on new loans at the time of origination was 7.3%, compared to the quarter’s weighted average yield of 6.4% on our loan portfolio.

    Asset Quality and Provision for Credit Losses
    The Company recorded $10.2 million of provision expense for credit losses during the first quarter, compared to $2.0 million. The current quarter’s provision expense was recorded primarily to cover the charge-off on one credit driven by suspected fraudulent activity by the borrower. Annualized net charge-offs totaled 0.80% of average total loans, compared to 0.11%. Non-performing loans decreased one basis point to 0.45% of total loans at March 31, 2025, and non-performing assets decreased one basis point to 0.46% of total loans and OREO at March 31, 2025. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans totaled 1.18% at March 31, 2025, compared to 1.22% at December 31, 2024.

    Deposits
    Average total deposits decreased $111.6 million to $8.3 billion during the first quarter 2025, and average transaction deposits (defined as total deposits less time deposits) decreased $113.1 million to $7.2 billion. Transaction deposits on a spot basis grew $147.7 million to $7.4 billion at March 31, 2025. The loan to deposit ratio totaled 90.8% at March 31, 2025, compared to 94.1%. The mix of transaction deposits to total deposits was 87.4% at March 31, 2025, compared to 87.6%.

    Non-Interest Income
    Non-interest income totaled $15.4 million during the first quarter, compared to $11.1 million. Included in the prior quarter was $6.6 million of non-recurring loss on investment security sales. Mortgage banking income increased $1.0 million, compared to the prior quarter. Service charges and bank card fees decreased $0.7 million due to seasonality, and other non-interest income was $2.6 million lower due to lower SBA gains on sale and swap fee activity during the first quarter.

    Non-Interest Expense
    Non-interest expense decreased $2.5 million to $62.0 million during the first quarter. Salaries and benefits decreased $1.1 million primarily due to payroll tax credits realized in the first quarter. Data processing decreased $0.5 million, and professional services expense decreased $0.2 million driven by our continued disciplined expense management. Included within other non-interest expense in the prior quarter was $1.2 million of banking center consolidation-related expense. The fully taxable equivalent efficiency ratio was 57.7% at March 31, 2025, compared to 57.0%, excluding other intangible assets amortization and the prior quarter’s non-recurring loss on investment security sales.

    Income tax expense decreased $0.9 million to $5.6 million, due to the first quarter’s lower pre-tax income. The effective tax rate was 18.8% for the first quarter, consistent with the prior quarter.

    Capital
    Capital ratios continue to be well in excess of federal bank regulatory agency “well capitalized” thresholds. The tier 1 leverage ratio totaled 10.89%, and the common equity tier 1 capital ratio totaled 13.61% at March 31, 2025. Shareholders’ equity increased $24.2 million to $1.3 billion at March 31, 2025, primarily driven by $13.1 million of growth in retained earnings from net income after covering the quarter’s dividend, and a $10.0 million improvement in accumulated other comprehensive loss due to changes in the interest rate environment.

    Common book value per share increased $0.61 to $34.90 at March 31, 2025. Tangible common book value per share increased $0.66 to $25.94 driven by the quarter’s earnings after covering the quarterly dividend, and a $0.26 improvement in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

    Year-Over-Year Review

    (All comparisons refer to the first quarter of 2024, except as noted)

    Net income totaled $24.2 million, or $0.63 per diluted share, compared to net income of $31.4 million, or $0.82 per diluted share in the same period prior year. The decrease compared to the prior year was largely driven by higher provision expense of $10.2 million. Fully taxable equivalent pre-provision net revenue increased $1.4 million to $42.0 million. The return on average tangible assets totaled 1.09%, compared to 1.39%, and the return on average tangible common equity was 10.64%, compared to 15.14%.

    Fully taxable equivalent net interest income increased $2.9 million to $88.6 million. Average earning assets increased $12.6 million, including average loan growth of $29.3 million and average investment securities growth of $22.6 million. The fully taxable equivalent net interest margin widened 15 basis points to 3.93%, as an 18 basis point decrease in the cost of funds outpaced a three basis point decrease in earning asset yields. Average interest bearing liabilities increased $35.8 million due to higher average deposit balances, and the cost of funds totaled 2.07%, compared to 2.25% in the same period prior year.

    Loans outstanding totaled $7.6 billion as of March 31, 2025, increasing $77.2 million or 1.0%. New loan fundings over the trailing twelve months totaled $1.6 billion, led by commercial fundings of $1.1 billion.

    The Company recorded $10.2 million of provision expense for credit losses, compared to no provision expense for credit losses in the first quarter of 2024. The current quarter’s provision expense was recorded primarily to cover the charge-off on one credit driven by suspected fraudulent activity by the borrower. Annualized net charge-offs totaled 0.80% of average total loans, compared to minimal net charge-offs in the same period prior year. Non-performing loans decreased two basis points to 0.45% of total loans at March 31, 2025, and non-performing assets decreased seven basis points to 0.46% of total loans and OREO at March 31, 2025. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans totaled 1.18% at March 31, 2025, compared to 1.29% at March 31, 2024.

    Average total deposits increased $41.5 million or 0.5% to $8.3 billion, and average transaction deposits decreased $4.5 million. The mix of transaction deposits to total deposits was 87.4% at March 31, 2025, compared to 88.3%.

    Non-interest income totaled $15.4 million, compared to $17.7 million, decreasing primarily due to $2.3 million lower other non-interest income driven by timing of SBA loan gain on sales and swap fee income activity, and a $0.6 million gain from the sale of a banking center building included in the first quarter of 2024.

    Non-interest expense decreased $0.8 million to $62.0 million. Salaries and benefits decreased $2.2 million primarily due to payroll tax credits realized during the first quarter 2025, which was partially offset by increases in data processing and occupancy and equipment, driven by investments in technology.

    Income tax expense totaled $5.6 million, a decrease of $1.9 million, driven by lower pre-tax income. The effective tax rate was 18.8%, compared to 19.3% in the first quarter of 2024.

    Conference Call
    Management will host a conference call to review the results at 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on Wednesday, April 23, 2025. Interested parties may listen to this call by dialing (877) 400-0505 using the participant passcode of 7036929 and asking for the NBHC Q1 2025 Earnings Call. The earnings release and a link to the replay of the call will be available on the Company’s website at www.nationalbankholdings.com by visiting the investor relations area.

    About National Bank Holdings Corporation
    National Bank Holdings Corporation is a bank holding company created to build a leading community bank franchise, delivering high quality client service and committed to stakeholder results. Through its bank subsidiaries, NBH Bank and Bank of Jackson Hole Trust, National Bank Holdings Corporation operates a network of over 90 banking centers, serving individual consumers, small, medium and large businesses, and government and non-profit entities. Its banking centers are located in its core footprint of Colorado, the greater Kansas City region, Utah, Wyoming, Texas, New Mexico and Idaho. Its comprehensive residential mortgage banking group primarily serves the bank’s core footprint. Its trust and wealth management business is operated in its core footprint under the Bank of Jackson Hole Trust charter. NBH Bank operates under a single state charter through the following brand names as divisions of NBH Bank: in Colorado, Community Banks of Colorado and Community Banks Mortgage; in Kansas and Missouri, Bank Midwest and Bank Midwest Mortgage; in Texas, Utah, New Mexico and Idaho, Hillcrest Bank and Hillcrest Bank Mortgage; and in Wyoming, Bank of Jackson Hole and Bank of Jackson Hole Mortgage. Additional information about National Bank Holdings Corporation can be found at www.nationalbankholdings.com.

    For more information visit: cobnks.com, bankmw.com, hillcrestbank.com, bankofjacksonhole.com, or nbhbank.com, or connect with any of our brands on LinkedIn.

    About Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    Certain of the financial measures and ratios we present, including “adjusted return on average assets,” “tangible assets,” “return on average tangible assets,” “adjusted return on average equity,” “tangible common equity,” “return on average tangible common equity,” “tangible common book value per share,” “tangible common equity to tangible assets,” “non-interest expense excluding other intangible assets amortization,” “non-interest income adjusted for the loss on security sales,” “efficiency ratio excluding other intangible assets amortization, adjusted for the loss on security sales,” “adjusted net income,” “adjusted earnings per share – diluted,” “net income excluding the impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, adjusted for the loss on security sales, after tax,” “net income adjusted for the loss on security sales, after tax,” “net income excluding the impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, after tax,” “adjusted return on average tangible assets,” “adjusted return on average tangible common equity,” “pre-provision net revenue,” “pre-provision net revenue, adjusted for the loss on security sales,” and “fully taxable equivalent” metrics, are supplemental measures that are not required by, or are not presented in accordance with, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). We refer to these financial measures and ratios as “non-GAAP financial measures.” We consider the use of select non-GAAP financial measures and ratios to be useful for financial and operational decision making and useful in evaluating period-to-period comparisons. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our performance by excluding certain expenditures or assets that we believe are not indicative of our primary business operating results or by presenting certain metrics on a fully taxable equivalent basis. We believe that management and investors benefit from referring to these non-GAAP financial measures in assessing our performance and when planning, forecasting, analyzing and comparing past, present and future periods.

    These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP and you should not rely on non-GAAP financial measures alone as measures of our performance. The non-GAAP financial measures we present may differ from non-GAAP financial measures used by our peers or other companies. We compensate for these limitations by providing the equivalent GAAP measures whenever we present the non-GAAP financial measures and by including a reconciliation of the impact of the components adjusted for in the non-GAAP financial measure so that both measures and the individual components may be considered when analyzing our performance. A reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures is included at the end of the financial statement tables.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements do not discuss historical facts but instead relate to expectations, beliefs, plans, predictions, forecasts, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance. Forward-looking statements are generally identified by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “predict,” “seek,” “potential,” “will,” “estimate,” “target,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “intend,” “goal,” “focus,” “maintains,” “future,” “ultimately, ” “likely,” “anticipate,” “ensure,” “strategy,” “objective,” and similar words or phrases. These statements are only predictions and involve estimates, known and unknown risks, assumptions and uncertainties. We have based these statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, business strategy and growth prospects. Forward-looking statements involve certain important risks, uncertainties and other factors, any of which could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements and, therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: business and economic conditions along with external events both generally and in the financial services industry; susceptibility to credit risk and fluctuations in the value of real estate and other collateral securing a significant portion of our loan portfolio, including with regards to real estate acquired through foreclosure, and the accuracy of appraisals related to such real estate; the allowance for credit losses and fair value adjustments may be insufficient to absorb losses in our loan portfolio; our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet the requirements of deposit withdrawals and other business needs; changes impacting monetary supply and the businesses of our clients and counterparties, including levels of market interest rates, inflation, currency values, monetary and fiscal policies, and the volatility of trading markets; changes in the fair value of our investment securities and the ability of companies in which we invest to commercialize their technology or product concepts; the loss of certain executive officers and key personnel; any service interruptions, cyber incidents or other breaches relating to our technology systems, security systems or infrastructure or those of our third-party providers; the occurrence of fraud or other financial crimes within our business; competition from other financial institutions and financial services providers and the effects of disintermediation within the banking business including consolidation within the industry; changes to federal government lending programs like the Small Business Administration’s Preferred Lender Program and the Federal Housing Administration’s insurance programs, including the impact of a government shutdown on such programs; impairment of our mortgage servicing rights, disruption in the secondary market for mortgage loans, declines in real estate values, or being required to repurchase mortgage loans or reimburse investors; developments in technology, such as artificial intelligence, the success of our digital growth strategy, and our ability to incorporate innovative technologies in our business and provide products and services that satisfy our clients’ expectations for convenience and security; our ability to execute our organic growth and acquisition strategies; the accuracy of projected operating results for assets and businesses we acquire as well as our ability to drive organic loan growth to replace loans in our existing portfolio with comparable loans as loans are paid down; changes to federal, state and local laws and regulations along with executive orders applicable to our business, including tax laws; our ability to comply with and manage costs related to extensive government regulation and supervision, including current and future regulations affecting bank holding companies and depository institutions; the application of any increased assessment rates imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”); claims or legal action brought against us by third parties or government agencies; and other factors, risks, trends and uncertainties described elsewhere in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this press release, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or circumstances, except as required by applicable law.

    Contacts:
    Analysts/Institutional Investors:
    Emily Gooden, Chief Accounting Officer and Investor Relations Director, (720) 554-6640, ir@nationalbankholdings.com
    Nicole Van Denabeele, Chief Financial Officer, (720) 529-3370, ir@nationalbankholdings.com

    Media:
    Jody Soper, Chief Marketing Officer, (303) 784-5925, Jody.Soper@nbhbank.com

     
    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    FINANCIAL SUMMARY
    Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
                         
      For the three months ended
      March 31,   December 31,    March 31, 
      2025   2024    2024
    Total interest and dividend income $ 129,963     $ 136,086     $ 131,732  
    Total interest expense   43,272       45,955       47,702  
    Net interest income   86,691       90,131       84,030  
    Taxable equivalent adjustment   1,910       1,874       1,692  
    Net interest income FTE(1)   88,601       92,005       85,722  
    Provision expense for credit losses   10,200       1,979        
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses FTE(1)   78,401       90,026       85,722  
    Non-interest income:                    
    Service charges   4,118       4,359       4,391  
    Bank card fees   4,194       4,671       4,578  
    Mortgage banking income   3,315       2,296       2,655  
    Other non-interest income   3,749       6,375       6,070  
    Loss on security sales         (6,582 )      
    Total non-interest income   15,376       11,119       17,694  
    Non-interest expense:                    
    Salaries and benefits   34,362       35,459       36,520  
    Occupancy and equipment   10,837       10,193       9,941  
    Professional fees   1,423       1,599       1,646  
    Data processing   4,401       4,900       4,066  
    Other non-interest expense   9,017       10,418       8,653  
    Other intangible assets amortization   1,977       1,977       2,008  
    Total non-interest expense   62,017       64,546       62,834  
                         
    Income before income taxes FTE(1)   31,760       36,599       40,582  
    Taxable equivalent adjustment   1,910       1,874       1,692  
    Income before income taxes   29,850       34,725       38,890  
    Income tax expense   5,619       6,541       7,499  
    Net income $ 24,231     $ 28,184     $ 31,391  
    Earnings per share – basic $ 0.63     $ 0.73     $ 0.82  
    Earnings per share – diluted   0.63       0.73       0.82  
    Common stock dividend   0.29       0.29       0.27  

                                                          

    (1)   Net interest income is presented on a GAAP basis and fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis, as the Company believes this non-GAAP measure is the preferred industry measurement for this item. The FTE adjustment is for the tax benefit on certain tax exempt loans using the federal tax rate of 21% for each period presented.
         
     
    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
                     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    ASSETS                
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 246,298     $ 127,848     $ 292,931  
    Investment securities available-for-sale   634,376       527,547       685,666  
    Investment securities held-to-maturity   706,912       533,108       570,850  
    Non-marketable securities   76,203       76,462       73,439  
    Loans   7,646,296       7,751,143       7,569,052  
    Allowance for credit losses   (90,192 )     (94,455 )     (97,607 )
    Loans, net   7,556,104       7,656,688       7,471,445  
    Loans held for sale   11,885       24,495       14,065  
    Other real estate owned   615       662       4,064  
    Premises and equipment, net   204,567       196,773       168,956  
    Goodwill   306,043       306,043       306,043  
    Intangible assets, net   54,489       58,432       64,212  
    Other assets   301,378       299,635       315,805  
    Total assets $ 10,098,870     $ 9,807,693     $ 9,967,476  
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
    Liabilities:                
    Non-interest bearing demand deposits $ 2,215,313     $ 2,213,685     $ 2,292,917  
    Interest bearing demand deposits   1,337,905       1,411,860       1,427,856  
    Savings and money market   3,812,312       3,592,312       3,801,013  
    Total transaction deposits   7,365,530       7,217,857       7,521,786  
    Time deposits   1,058,677       1,020,036       995,976  
    Total deposits   8,424,207       8,237,893       8,517,762  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   20,749       18,895       19,577  
    Long-term debt   54,588       54,511       54,278  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances   80,000       50,000        
    Other liabilities   190,018       141,319       144,029  
    Total liabilities   8,769,562       8,502,618       8,735,646  
    Shareholders’ equity:                
    Common stock   515       515       515  
    Additional paid in capital   1,168,433       1,167,431       1,163,773  
    Retained earnings   521,939       508,864       454,211  
    Treasury stock   (301,531 )     (301,694 )     (306,460 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax   (60,048 )     (70,041 )     (80,209 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   1,329,308       1,305,075       1,231,830  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 10,098,870     $ 9,807,693     $ 9,967,476  
    SHARE DATA                
    Average basic shares outstanding   38,068,455       38,327,964       38,031,358  
    Average diluted shares outstanding   38,229,869       38,565,164       38,188,480  
    Ending shares outstanding   38,094,105       38,054,482       37,806,148  
    Common book value per share $ 34.90     $ 34.29     $ 32.58  
    Tangible common book value per share(1) (non-GAAP)   25.94       25.28       23.32  
    CAPITAL RATIOS                
    Average equity to average assets   13.35 %     13.10 %     12.40 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets(1)   10.13 %     10.16 %     9.17 %
    Tier 1 leverage ratio   10.89 %     10.69 %     9.99 %
    Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   13.61 %     13.20 %     12.35 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   13.61 %     13.20 %     12.35 %
    Total risk-based capital ratio   15.49 %     15.11 %     14.30 %

                                                          

    (1)   Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. See non-GAAP reconciliations below.
         
     
    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Loan Portfolio
    (Dollars in thousands)
     
    Period End Loan Balances by Type
                                   
              March 31, 2025       March 31, 2025
              vs. December 31, 2024       vs. March 31, 2024
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   % Change   March 31, 2024   % Change
    Originated:                              
    Commercial:                              
    Commercial and industrial $ 1,871,301     $ 1,881,570     (0.5 )%   $ 1,777,328     5.3 %
    Municipal and non-profit   1,116,724       1,106,865     0.9 %     1,062,287     5.1 %
    Owner-occupied commercial real estate   1,026,692       1,048,481     (2.1 )%     875,303     17.3 %
    Food and agribusiness   251,120       266,332     (5.7 )%     241,654     3.9 %
    Total commercial   4,265,837       4,303,248     (0.9 )%     3,956,572     7.8 %
    Commercial real estate non-owner occupied   1,136,176       1,123,718     1.1 %     1,092,780     4.0 %
    Residential real estate   915,139       922,328     (0.8 )%     923,103     (0.9 )%
    Consumer   11,955       12,773     (6.4 )%     14,936     (20.0 )%
    Total originated   6,329,107       6,362,067     (0.5 )%     5,987,391     5.7 %
                                   
    Acquired:                              
    Commercial:                              
    Commercial and industrial   105,493       114,255     (7.7 )%     132,532     (20.4 )%
    Municipal and non-profit   271       277     (2.2 )%     294     (7.8 )%
    Owner-occupied commercial real estate   198,339       215,663     (8.0 )%     234,486     (15.4 )%
    Food and agribusiness   33,831       36,987     (8.5 )%     57,896     (41.6 )%
    Total commercial   337,934       367,182     (8.0 )%     425,208     (20.5 )%
    Commercial real estate non-owner occupied   659,680       688,620     (4.2 )%     767,419     (14.0 )%
    Residential real estate   318,510       331,510     (3.9 )%     387,101     (17.7 )%
    Consumer   1,065       1,764     (39.6 )%     1,933     (44.9 )%
    Total acquired   1,317,189       1,389,076     (5.2 )%     1,581,661     (16.7 )%
    Total loans $ 7,646,296     $ 7,751,143     (1.4 )%   $ 7,569,052     1.0 %
    Loan Fundings(1)
                                         
      First quarter   Fourth quarter   Third quarter   Second quarter   First quarter
      2025   2024   2024   2024   2024  
    Commercial:                                    
    Commercial and industrial $ 108,594     $ 146,600     $ 93,711     $ 241,910     $ 53,978  
    Municipal and non-profit   12,506       49,175       35,677       28,785       14,564  
    Owner occupied commercial real estate   37,762       117,850       70,517       102,615       35,128  
    Food and agribusiness   1,338       15,796       19,205       11,040       (7,204 )
    Total commercial   160,200       329,421       219,110       384,350       96,466  
    Commercial real estate non-owner occupied   65,254       119,132       91,809       83,184       73,789  
    Residential real estate   29,300       30,750       47,322       36,124       29,468  
    Consumer   970       726       1,010       1,547       234  
    Total $ 255,724     $ 480,029     $ 359,251     $ 505,205     $ 199,957  

                                                          

    (1)   Loan fundings are defined as closed end funded loans and net fundings under revolving lines of credit. Net fundings (paydowns) under revolving lines of credit were $21,752, $64,375, $16,302, $19,281 and ($59,523) for the periods noted in the table above, respectively.
         
     
    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Summary of Net Interest Margin
    (Dollars in thousands)
                                                           
        For the three months ended   For the three months ended   For the three months ended
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
        Average         Average   Average         Average   Average         Average
        balance   Interest   rate   balance   Interest   rate   balance   Interest   rate
    Interest earning assets:                                                      
    Originated loans FTE(1)(2)   $ 6,335,931     $ 102,221     6.54 %   $ 6,368,697     $ 107,400     6.71 %   $ 6,046,849     $ 100,914     6.71 %
    Acquired loans     1,351,726       19,547     5.86 %     1,425,344       22,253     6.21 %     1,611,521       24,289     6.06 %
    Loans held for sale     19,756       349     7.16 %     20,196       320     6.30 %     12,017       225     7.53 %
    Investment securities available-for-sale     716,938       4,617     2.58 %     735,977       3,196     1.74 %     751,168       4,103     2.18 %
    Investment securities held-to-maturity     635,961       4,120     2.59 %     537,970       3,887     2.89 %     579,160       2,514     1.74 %
    Other securities     31,386       480     6.12 %     29,256       434     5.93 %     35,036       616     7.03 %
    Interest earning deposits     48,206       539     4.53 %     60,400       470     3.10 %     91,579       763     3.35 %
    Total interest earning assets FTE(2)   $ 9,139,904     $ 131,873     5.85 %   $ 9,177,840     $ 137,960     5.98 %   $ 9,127,330     $ 133,424     5.88 %
    Cash and due from banks   $ 77,237                 $ 81,371                 $ 102,583              
    Other assets     794,374                   793,734                   756,230              
    Allowance for credit losses     (95,492 )                 (95,750 )                 (97,882 )            
    Total assets   $ 9,916,023                 $ 9,957,195                 $ 9,888,261              
    Interest bearing liabilities:                                                      
    Interest bearing demand, savings and money market deposits   $ 5,027,052     $ 32,511     2.62 %   $ 5,087,799     $ 35,443     2.77 %   $ 4,947,811     $ 36,413     2.96 %
    Time deposits     1,035,983       8,756     3.43 %     1,034,560       9,169     3.53 %     990,041       7,584     3.08 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     107,151       1,105     4.18 %     66,428       820     4.91 %     228,236       3,181     5.61 %
    Other borrowings(3)     50,277       382     3.08 %     18,374       5     0.11 %     18,929       6     0.13 %
    Long-term debt     54,539       518     3.85 %     54,464       518     3.78 %     54,229       518     3.84 %
    Total interest bearing liabilities   $ 6,275,002     $ 43,272     2.80 %   $ 6,261,625     $ 45,955     2.92 %   $ 6,239,246     $ 47,702     3.07 %
    Demand deposits   $ 2,197,300                 $ 2,249,614                 $ 2,280,997              
    Other liabilities     119,806                   141,327                   141,735              
    Total liabilities     8,592,108                   8,652,566                   8,661,978              
    Shareholders’ equity     1,323,915                   1,304,629                   1,226,283              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 9,916,023                 $ 9,957,195                 $ 9,888,261              
    Net interest income FTE(2)         $ 88,601               $ 92,005               $ 85,722      
    Interest rate spread FTE(2)                 3.05 %                 3.06 %                 2.81 %
    Net interest earning assets   $ 2,864,902                 $ 2,916,215                 $ 2,888,084              
    Net interest margin FTE(2)                 3.93 %                 3.99 %                 3.78 %
    Average transaction deposits   $ 7,224,352                 $ 7,337,413                 $ 7,228,808              
    Average total deposits     8,260,335                   8,371,973                   8,218,849              
    Ratio of average interest earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities     145.66 %                 146.57 %                 146.29 %            

                                                          

    (1)   Originated loans are net of deferred loan fees, less costs, which are included in interest income over the life of the loan.
    (2)   Presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory tax rate of 21%. The tax equivalent adjustments included above are $1,910, $1,874 and $1,692 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    (3)   Other borrowings includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase and cash collateral received from counterparties in connection with derivative swap agreements.
         
     
    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Allowance for Credit Losses and Asset Quality
    (Dollars in thousands)
     
    Allowance for Credit Losses Analysis
                     
      As of and for the three months ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Beginning allowance for credit losses $ 94,455     $ 95,047     $ 97,947  
    Charge-offs   (15,251 )     (2,391 )     (278 )
    Recoveries   138       175       188  
    Provision expense (release) for credit losses   10,850       1,624       (250 )
    Ending allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) $ 90,192     $ 94,455     $ 97,607  
    Ratio of annualized net charge-offs to average total loans during the period   0.80 %     0.11 %     0.00 %
    Ratio of ACL to total loans outstanding at period end   1.18 %     1.22 %     1.29 %
    Ratio of ACL to total non-performing loans at period end   260.52 %     262.42 %     272.52 %
    Total loans $ 7,646,296     $ 7,751,143     $ 7,569,052  
    Average total loans during the period   7,660,974       7,772,712       7,632,635  
    Total non-performing loans   34,620       35,994       35,817  
    Past Due and Non-accrual Loans
                     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Loans 30-89 days past due and still accruing interest $ 17,003     $ 23,164     $ 3,495  
    Loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest   1,012       14,940       1  
    Non-accrual loans   34,620       35,994       35,817  
    Total past due and non-accrual loans $ 52,635     $ 74,098     $ 39,313  
    Total 90 days past due and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans to total loans   0.47 %     0.66 %     0.47 %
    Asset Quality Data
                     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Non-performing loans $ 34,620     $ 35,994     $ 35,817  
    OREO   615       662       4,064  
    Total non-performing assets $ 35,235     $ 36,656     $ 39,881  
    Total non-performing loans to total loans   0.45 %     0.46 %     0.47 %
    Total non-performing assets to total loans and OREO   0.46 %     0.47 %     0.53 %
                           
     
    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Key Metrics(1)
                     
      As of and for the three months ended
      March 31,   December 31,    March 31, 
      2025   2024   2024
    Return on average assets   0.99 %     1.13 %     1.28 %
    Return on average tangible assets(2)   1.09 %     1.23 %     1.39 %
    Return on average tangible assets, adjusted(2)   1.09 %     1.44 %     1.39 %
    Return on average equity   7.42 %     8.59 %     10.30 %
    Return on average tangible common equity(2)   10.64 %     12.31 %     15.14 %
    Return on average tangible common equity, adjusted(2)   10.64 %     14.40 %     15.14 %
    Loan to deposit ratio (end of period)   90.77 %     94.09 %     88.86 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits to total deposits (end of period)   26.30 %     26.87 %     26.92 %
    Net interest margin(3)   3.85 %     3.91 %     3.70 %
    Net interest margin FTE(2)(3)   3.93 %     3.99 %     3.78 %
    Interest rate spread FTE(2)(4)   3.05 %     3.06 %     2.81 %
    Yield on earning assets(5)   5.77 %     5.90 %     5.80 %
    Yield on earning assets FTE(2)(5)   5.85 %     5.98 %     5.88 %
    Cost of funds   2.07 %     2.15 %     2.25 %
    Cost of deposits   2.03 %     2.12 %     2.15 %
    Non-interest income to total revenue FTE(6)   14.79 %     10.78 %     17.11 %
    Efficiency ratio   60.76 %     63.75 %     61.77 %
    Efficiency ratio excluding other intangible assets amortization FTE, adjusted(2)   57.74 %     57.03 %     58.82 %
    Pre-provision net revenue $ 40,050     $ 36,704     $ 38,890  
    Pre-provision net revenue FTE(2)   41,960       38,578       40,582  
    Pre-provision net revenue FTE, adjusted(2)   41,960       45,160       40,582  
                     
    Total Loans Asset Quality Data(7)(8)                
    Non-performing loans to total loans   0.45 %     0.46 %     0.47 %
    Non-performing assets to total loans and OREO   0.46 %     0.47 %     0.53 %
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   1.18 %     1.22 %     1.29 %
    Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans   260.52 %     262.42 %     272.52 %
    Net charge-offs to average loans   0.80 %     0.11 %     0.00 %

                                                          

    (1)   Ratios are annualized.
    (2)   Ratio represents non-GAAP financial measure. See non-GAAP reconciliations below.
    (3)   Net interest margin represents net interest income, including accretion income on interest earning assets, as a percentage of average interest earning assets.
    (4)   Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest earning assets, including FTE income, and the weighted average cost of interest bearing liabilities. Ratio represents a non-GAAP financial measure.
    (5)   Interest earning assets include assets that earn interest/accretion or dividends. Any market value adjustments on investment securities or loans are excluded from interest earning assets.
    (6)   Non-interest income to total revenue represents non-interest income divided by the sum of net interest income FTE and non-interest income. Ratio represents a non-GAAP financial measure.
    (7)   Non-performing loans consist of non-accruing loans and modified loans on non-accrual.
    (8)   Total loans are net of unearned discounts and fees.
         
     
    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATIONS
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
     
    Tangible Common Book Value Ratios
                       
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Total shareholders’ equity   $ 1,329,308     $ 1,305,075     $ 1,231,830  
    Less: goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (354,800 )     (356,777 )     (362,709 )
    Add: deferred tax liability related to goodwill     13,638       13,535       12,539  
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 988,146     $ 961,833     $ 881,660  
                       
    Total assets   $ 10,098,870     $ 9,807,693     $ 9,967,476  
    Less: goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (354,800 )     (356,777 )     (362,709 )
    Add: deferred tax liability related to goodwill     13,638       13,535       12,539  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 9,757,708     $ 9,464,451     $ 9,617,306  
                       
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets calculations:                  
    Total shareholders’ equity to total assets     13.16 %     13.31 %     12.36 %
    Less: impact of goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (3.03 )%     (3.15 )%     (3.19 )%
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)     10.13 %     10.16 %     9.17 %
                       
    Tangible common book value per share calculations:                  
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 988,146     $ 961,833     $ 881,660  
    Divided by: ending shares outstanding     38,094,105       38,054,482       37,806,148  
    Tangible common book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 25.94     $ 25.28     $ 23.32  
                             
     
    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
    Return on Average Tangible Assets and Return on Average Tangible Equity
                       
        As of and for the three months ended
        March 31,   December 31,    March 31, 
        2025   2024   2024
    Net income   $ 24,231     $ 28,184     $ 31,391  
    Add: loss on security sales, after tax (non-GAAP)(1)           5,048        
    Net income adjusted for the loss on security sales, after tax (non-GAAP)(1)   $ 24,231     $ 33,232     $ 31,391  
                       
    Net income   $ 24,231     $ 28,184     $ 31,391  
    Add: impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, after tax     1,516       1,516       1,534  
    Net income excluding the impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, after tax (non-GAAP)   $ 25,747     $ 29,700     $ 32,925  
                       
    Net income excluding the impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, after tax   $ 25,747     $ 29,700     $ 32,925  
    Add: loss on security sales, after tax (non-GAAP)(1)           5,048        
    Net income excluding the impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, adjusted for the loss on security sales, after tax (non-GAAP)(1)   $ 25,747     $ 34,748     $ 32,925  
                       
    Average assets   $ 9,916,023     $ 9,957,195     $ 9,888,261  
    Less: average goodwill and other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liability related to goodwill     (342,425 )     (344,417 )     (351,383 )
    Average tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 9,573,598     $ 9,612,778     $ 9,536,878  
                       
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 1,323,915     $ 1,304,629     $ 1,226,283  
    Less: average goodwill and other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liability related to goodwill     (342,425 )     (344,417 )     (351,383 )
    Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 981,490     $ 960,212     $ 874,900  
                       
    Return on average assets     0.99 %     1.13 %     1.28 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (non-GAAP)     0.99 %     1.33 %     1.28 %
    Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)     1.09 %     1.23 %     1.39 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)     1.09 %     1.44 %     1.39 %
    Return on average equity     7.42 %     8.59 %     10.30 %
    Adjusted return on average equity (non-GAAP)     7.42 %     10.13 %     10.30 %
    Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)     10.64 %     12.31 %     15.14 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)     10.64 %     14.40 %     15.14 %
                       
    (1) Adjustments:                  
    Loss on security sales (non-GAAP)   $     $ 6,582     $  
    Tax benefit impact           (1,534 )      
    Total adjustments, after tax (non-GAAP)   $     $ 5,048     $  
    Fully Taxable Equivalent Yield on Earning Assets and Net Interest Margin
                       
        As of and for the three months ended
        March 31,   December 31,    March 31, 
        2025   2024   2024
    Interest income   $ 129,963     $ 136,086     $ 131,732  
    Add: impact of taxable equivalent adjustment     1,910       1,874       1,692  
    Interest income FTE (non-GAAP)   $ 131,873     $ 137,960     $ 133,424  
                       
    Net interest income   $ 86,691     $ 90,131     $ 84,030  
    Add: impact of taxable equivalent adjustment     1,910       1,874       1,692  
    Net interest income FTE (non-GAAP)   $ 88,601     $ 92,005     $ 85,722  
                       
    Average earning assets   $ 9,139,904     $ 9,177,840     $ 9,127,330  
    Yield on earning assets     5.77 %     5.90 %     5.80 %
    Yield on earning assets FTE (non-GAAP)     5.85 %     5.98 %     5.88 %
    Net interest margin     3.85 %     3.91 %     3.70 %
    Net interest margin FTE (non-GAAP)     3.93 %     3.99 %     3.78 %
    Efficiency Ratio and Pre-Provision Net Revenue
                       
        As of and for the three months ended
        March 31,   December 31,    March 31, 
        2025   2024   2024
    Net interest income   $ 86,691     $ 90,131     $ 84,030  
    Add: impact of taxable equivalent adjustment     1,910       1,874       1,692  
    Net interest income FTE (non-GAAP)   $ 88,601     $ 92,005     $ 85,722  
                       
    Non-interest income   $ 15,376     $ 11,119     $ 17,694  
    Add: loss on security sales (non-GAAP)           6,582        
    Non-interest income adjusted for the loss on security sales (non-GAAP)   $ 15,376     $ 17,701     $ 17,694  
                       
    Non-interest expense   $ 62,017     $ 64,546     $ 62,834  
    Less: other intangible assets amortization     (1,977 )     (1,977 )     (2,008 )
    Non-interest expense excluding other intangible assets amortization (non-GAAP)   $ 60,040     $ 62,569     $ 60,826  
                       
    Efficiency ratio     60.76 %     63.75 %     61.77 %
    Efficiency ratio FTE (non-GAAP)     59.64 %     62.59 %     60.76 %
    Efficiency ratio excluding other intangible assets amortization, adjusted for the loss on security sales FTE (non-GAAP)     57.74 %     57.03 %     58.82 %
    Pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP)   $ 40,050     $ 36,704     $ 38,890  
    Pre-provision net revenue, FTE (non-GAAP)     41,960       38,578       40,582  
    Pre-provision net revenue FTE, adjusted for the loss on security sales (non-GAAP)     41,960       45,160       40,582  
    Adjusted Net Income and Earnings Per Share
                             
        As of and for the three months ended
        March 31,   December 31,    March 31, 
        2025   2024   2024
    Adjustments to net income:                        
    Net income   $ 24,231     $ 28,184     $ 31,391  
    Add: adjustment for the loss on security sales, after tax (non-GAAP)           5,048        
    Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)   $ 24,231     $ 33,232     $ 31,391  
                             
    Adjustments to earnings per share:                        
    Earnings per share diluted   $ 0.63     $ 0.73     $ 0.82  
    Add: adjustment for the loss on security sales, after tax (non-GAAP)           0.13        
    Adjusted earnings per share – diluted (non-GAAP)   $ 0.63     $ 0.86     $ 0.82  
                             

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: HHS, FDA to Phase Out Petroleum-Based Synthetic Dyes in Nation’s Food Supply

    Source: US Department of Health and Human Services – 3

    For Immediate Release:
    April 22, 2025

    The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) today announced a series of new measures to phase out all petroleum-based synthetic dyes from the nation’s food supply—a significant milestone in the administration’s broader initiative to Make America Healthy Again.
    The FDA is taking the following actions:

    Establishing a national standard and timeline for the food industry to transition from petrochemical-based dyes to natural alternatives.
    Initiating the process to revoke authorization for two synthetic food colorings—Citrus Red No. 2 and Orange B—within the coming months.
    Working with industry to eliminate six remaining synthetic dyes—FD&C Green No. 3, FD&C Red No. 40, FD&C Yellow No. 5, FD&C Yellow No. 6, FD&C Blue No. 1, and FD&C Blue No. 2—from the food supply by the end of next year.
    Authorizing four new natural color additives in the coming weeks, while also accelerating the review and approval of others.
    Partnering with the National Institutes of Health (NIH) to conduct comprehensive research on how food additives impact children’s health and development.
    Requesting food companies to remove FD&C Red No. 3 sooner than the 2027-2028 deadline previously required.

    “For too long, some food producers have been feeding Americans petroleum-based chemicals without their knowledge or consent,” said HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. “These poisonous compounds offer no nutritional benefit and pose real, measurable dangers to our children’s health and development. That era is coming to an end. We’re restoring gold-standard science, applying common sense, and beginning to earn back the public’s trust. And we’re doing it by working with industry to get these toxic dyes out of the foods our families eat every day.”
    The FDA is fast-tracking the review of calcium phosphate, Galdieria extract blue, gardenia blue, butterfly pea flower extract, and other natural alternatives to synthetic food dyes. The agency is also taking steps to issue guidance and provide regulatory flexibilities to industries.
    “Today, the FDA is asking food companies to substitute petrochemical dyes with natural ingredients for American children as they already do in Europe and Canada,” said FDA Commissioner Marty Makary, MD, MPH. “We have a new epidemic of childhood diabetes, obesity, depression, and ADHD. Given the growing concerns of doctors and parents about the potential role of petroleum-based food dyes, we should not be taking risks and do everything possible to safeguard the health of our children.”
    In partnership with the NIH Nutrition Regulatory Science and Research Program, the FDA will enhance nutrition and food-related research to better inform regulatory decisions. This collaboration will strengthen the FDA’s ability to develop evidence-based food policies, support a healthier America, and advance the priorities of the Make America Healthy Again Commission.
    ###

    Boilerplate

    The FDA, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, protects the public health by assuring the safety, effectiveness, and security of human and veterinary drugs, vaccines and other biological products for human use, and medical devices. The agency also is responsible for the safety and security of our nation’s food supply, cosmetics, dietary supplements, radiation-emitting electronic products, and for regulating tobacco products.

    Inquiries

    Consumer:
    888-INFO-FDA

    Content current as of:
    04/22/2025

    Regulated Product(s)

    Follow FDA

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Economics: JP Morgan and UBS top M&A financial advisers in retail sector during Q1 2025, reveals GlobalData

    Source: GlobalData

    JP Morgan and UBS top M&A financial advisers in retail sector during Q1 2025, reveals GlobalData

    Posted in Business Fundamentals

    JP Morgan and UBS were the top mergers and acquisitions (M&A) financial advisers in the retail sector during the first quarter (Q1) of 2025 by value and volume, respectively, according to the latest financial advisers league table by GlobalData, a leading data and analytics company.

    An analysis of GlobalData’s Deals Database reveals that JP Morgan achieved the leading position in terms of value by advising on $28.7 billion worth of deals. Meanwhile, UBS led in terms of volume by advising on five deals.

    Aurojyoti Bose, Lead Analyst at GlobalData, comments: “Both JP Morgan and UBS registered year-on-year (YoY) improvement in terms of deal volume and value as well as their respective ranking during Q1 2025. While JP Morgan’s ranking in terms of value improved from the second position in Q1 2024 to the top position in 2025, UBS went ahead from 11th to the top position by volume during the same period.

    “Apart from leading by value in Q1 2025, JP Morgan also occupied the second position by volume. Similarly, UBS, apart from leading by volume, also occupied the third position by value.”

    Wells Fargo occupied the second position in terms of value, by advising on $26.3 billion worth of deals, followed by UBS with $25.4 billion, Morgan Stanley with $24.7 billion and Citi with $23.7 billion.

    Meanwhile, JP Morgan occupied the second position in terms of volume with four deals, followed by Morgan Stanley with three deals, Bank of America with three deals and Wells Fargo with two deals.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Davis Polk & Wardwell and Kirkland & Ellis top M&A legal advisers in retail sector during Q1 2025, reveals GlobalData

    Source: GlobalData

    Davis Polk & Wardwell and Kirkland & Ellis top M&A legal advisers in retail sector during Q1 2025, reveals GlobalData

    Posted in Business Fundamentals

    Davis Polk & Wardwell and Kirkland & Ellis were the top mergers and acquisitions (M&A) legal advisers in the retail sector during the first quarter (Q1) of 2025 by value and volume, respectively, according to the latest legal advisers league table by GlobalData, a leading data and analytics company.

    An analysis of GlobalData’s Deals Database reveals that Davis Polk & Wardwell achieved the leading position in terms of value by advising on $24.9 billion worth of deals. Meanwhile, Kirkland & Ellis led in terms of volume by advising on four deals.

    Aurojyoti Bose, Lead Analyst at GlobalData, comments: “It is a big leap for Davis Polk & Wardwell, which was not even among the top 10 by value during Q1 2024, to manage to top the chart by this metric in Q1 2025. Its involvement in $23.7 billion mega deal for the acquisition of Walgreens Boots Alliance by Sycamore Partners was pivotal in securing the top position by value. Apart from leading by value, it also occupied the second position by volume in Q1 2025.

    “Meanwhile, Kirkland & Ellis saw its ranking by deal volume improve from the second position in Q1 2024 to the top position in Q1 2025. Apart from leading by volume, it also occupied the second position by value in Q1 2025.”

    Kirkland & Ellis occupied the second position in terms of value, by advising on $23.7 billion worth of deals, followed by Ropes & Gray with $23.7 billion, whereas Bass Berry & Sims and Debevoise & Plimpton jointly occupied the fourth position with each of them advising on a deal worth $23.7 billion.

    Meanwhile, Davis Polk & Wardwell occupied the second position in terms of volume with three deals, followed by Greenberg Traurig with three deals, CMS with three deals and Ropes & Gray with two deals.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Bank of America top M&A financial adviser in construction sector during Q1 2025, reveals GlobalData

    Source: GlobalData

    Bank of America top M&A financial adviser in construction sector during Q1 2025, reveals GlobalData

    Posted in Business Fundamentals

    Bank of America was the top mergers and acquisitions (M&A) financial adviser in the construction sector during the first quarter (Q1) of 2025 by value as well as volume, according to the latest financial advisers league table by GlobalData, a leading data and analytics company.

    An analysis of GlobalData’s Deals Database reveals that Bank of America achieved the leading position by advising on four deals worth $12.1 billion.

    Aurojyoti Bose, Lead Analyst at GlobalData, comments: “There was an year-on-year (YoY) improvement in the total volume and value of deals advised by Bank of America during Q1 2025. Resultantly, it went ahead from occupying the 31st position by volume in Q1 2024 to top the chart by this metric in Q1 2025. Bank of America’s ranking by value also jumped from 14th to the top position during this period.”

    Goldman Sachs occupied the second position in terms of value, by advising on $12 billion worth of deals, followed by Lazard with $11.5 billion, JP Morgan with $11.5 billion and Jefferies with $8.8 billion.

    Meanwhile, Generational Group occupied the second position in terms of volume with four deals, followed by Goldman Sachs with three deals, Lazard with three deals and Morgan Stanley with three deals.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison top M&A legal advisers in construction sector during Q1 2025, reveals GlobalData

    Source: GlobalData

    Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison top M&A legal advisers in construction sector during Q1 2025, reveals GlobalData

    Posted in Business Fundamentals

    Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison were the top mergers and acquisitions (M&A) legal advisers in the construction sector during the first quarter (Q1) of 2025 by value and volume, respectively, according to the latest legal advisers league table by GlobalData, a leading data and analytics company.

    An analysis of GlobalData’s Deals Database reveals that Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz achieved the leading position in terms of value by advising on $18.8 billion worth of deals. Meanwhile, Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison led in terms of volume by advising on seven deals.

    Aurojyoti Bose, Lead Analyst at GlobalData, comments: “Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison registered improvement in the total number of deals advised by it during Q1 2025 compared to Q1 2024. Consequently, its ranking by volume also improved from the sixth position in Q1 2024 to the top spot in Q1 2025.

    “Meanwhile, Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz advised on only two but very high-value deals in Q1 2025. This helped it register more than a three-fold jump in the total value of deals advised by it during Q1 2025. Resultantly, it went ahead from occupying the ninth position by value in Q1 2024 to top the chart by this metric in Q1 2025.”

    Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison occupied the second position in terms of value, by advising on $15.1 billion worth of deals, followed by Ropes & Gray with $12.6 billion, Sidley Austin with $11.6 billion and Simpson Thacher & Bartlett with $10.2 billion.

    Meanwhile, CMS occupied the second position in terms of volume with five deals, followed by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius with five deals, Latham & Watkins with four deals and Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher with four deals.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Call for applications launched for support to women exporters through WTO-ITC WEIDE Fund

    Source: WTO

    Headline: Call for applications launched for support to women exporters through WTO-ITC WEIDE Fund

    A joint initiative of the World Trade Organization (WTO) and the International Trade Centre (ITC), the WEIDE Fund is supported by a USD 50 million commitment to empower women entrepreneurs and help them thrive in global markets through the use of digital tools and platforms.
    WTO Director-General Dr Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala emphasized the importance of inclusive access to digital trade opportunities: “Digital trade is reshaping the global economy. Women — including those in developing countries — must be at the forefront. The WTO-ITC WEIDE Fund is about powering growth, innovation and job creation. It reflects the WTO’s broader commitment to sustainable and inclusive re-globalization, where no one is left behind.”
    The WEIDE Fund offers two types of grants:
    Discovery Grant (up to USD 5,000): For early-stage businesses exploring digital trade opportunities.
    Booster Grant (up to USD 30,000): For businesses ready to scale up their digital presence and expand into global markets.
    Beyond financial support, the WEIDE Fund provides technical assistance, mentorship and access to international business networks. The initiative aims to build the long-term competitiveness and resilience of women-led micro, small and medium-sized enterprises (MSMEs) involved in e-commerce, online services, or other forms of digital trade as well as those ready to engage in these activities.
    ITC Executive Director Pamela Coke-Hamilton highlighted the importance of removing barriers for women in global trade: “ITC is committed to breaking barriers for women exporters and ensuring they have the resources needed to succeed in the digital economy. The WTO-ITC WEIDE Fund is an opportunity for women-led businesses to access not only funding but also the expertise and networks critical for long-term success.”
    The WEIDE Fund announced on 7 March the selection of four pilot beneficiary countries: Dominican Republic, Jordan, Mongolia and Nigeria. Business support organizations in these countries were selected from a competitive call for proposals to implement programmes that can help women entrepreneurs expand their business through international trade and digitalization.
    To be eligible for support, women-led businesses must be:
    Registered and operational in the Dominican Republic, Jordan, Mongolia, or Nigeria
    Export-ready and keen to engage in digital trade
    Able to demonstrate potential for business growth and job creation
    The application period runs from 22 April to 18 May 2025 for the Dominican Republic, Mongolia and Nigeria. Applications from Jordan will be accepted at a later stage.
    In each country, the WEIDE Fund collaborates with the following business support organizations (BSOs) to strengthen outreach and local engagement:
    ProDominicana
    Jordan Enterprise Development Corporation (JEDCO)
    Mongolian National Chamber of Commerce and Industry (MNCCI)
    Nigerian Export Promotion Council (NEPC)
    The WEIDE Fund has been made possible through the support of the United Arab Emirates and the FIFA World Cup Qatar 2022 Legacy Fund.
    For more details on eligibility and how to apply, visit wto.org/weidefund or contact [email protected].

    Share

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Verizon delivered strong financial growth with industry-leading wireless service revenue in 1Q 2025

    Source: Verizon

    Headline: Verizon delivered strong financial growth with industry-leading wireless service revenue in 1Q 2025

    Download News Release PDF

    Download 1Q Financials PDF

    Download Infographic PDF

    Download Non-GAAP Reconciliations PDF

    Key 1Q 2025 Highlights

    • Industry-leading total wireless service revenue1 of $20.8 billion
    • Best wireless retail core prepaid2 net additions since the TracFone acquisition 
    • Continued to take broadband market share with strong demand for Fios and fixed wireless access 
    • Verizon exits first quarter with momentum in both mobility and broadband

    NEW YORK – Verizon Communications Inc. (NYSE, Nasdaq: VZ) today reported strong financial performance for the first-quarter of 2025, fueled by innovative and segmented product offerings that meet the ever-changing needs of consumers and businesses across market sectors. The company’s strategically designed portfolio of diversified wireless and broadband products and adjacent services positioned Verizon for a successful quarter, as well as resiliency in any economic environment. With a focus on growing connections and strengthening customer relationships, the company’s strategic and disciplined approach drove success across its three priorities of growing wireless service revenue, expanding adjusted EBITDA3 and generating strong free cash flow3. Verizon remains confident in achieving its 2025 goals and delivering on its full-year guidance.

    “Verizon plays an essential role in our customers’ lives and our differentiated value proposition delivers what customers want and need, on their terms,” said Verizon Chairman and CEO Hans Vestberg. “We continue to drive our multi-year customer-first strategy, launching new programs such as our 3-year price lock and free phone guarantee for consumers and My Biz Plan for small and medium sized businesses. With our high quality customer base, network superiority and position of financial strength, we have the momentum and flexibility to continue innovating to meet customer needs and invest for growth.”

    1Q 2025 Highlights

    Consolidated: Improved earnings per share (EPS), revenue and net income in first-quarter 2025, highlighting strong financials

    • EPS of $1.15 in first-quarter 2025 compared to EPS of $1.09 in first-quarter 2024; adjusted EPS3, excluding special items, of $1.19 compared to $1.15 in first-quarter 2024.
    • Total operating revenue of $33.5 billion in first-quarter 2025, up 1.5 percent year over year.
    • Cash flow from operations totaled $7.8 billion in first-quarter 2025, up from $7.1 billion in first-quarter 2024.  
    • Free cash flow3 was $3.6 billion in first-quarter 2025, up from $2.7 billion in first-quarter 2024.  
    • Consolidated net income for first-quarter 2025 was $5.0 billion compared to $4.7 billion in first-quarter 2024. Consolidated adjusted EBITDA3 was $12.6 billion in first-quarter 2025 compared to $12.1 billion in first-quarter 2024. 
    • Verizon’s total unsecured debt as of the end of first-quarter 2025 was $117.3 billion, compared to $117.9 billion at the end of fourth-quarter 2024 and $128.4 billion at the end of first-quarter 2024. The company’s net unsecured debt3 at the end of first-quarter 2025 was $115.1 billion. At the end of first-quarter 2025, Verizon’s ratio of unsecured debt to net income (LTM) was 6.4 times and net unsecured debt to consolidated adjusted EBITDA ratio3 was 2.3 times.

    Mobility: Industry-leading wireless service revenue in first-quarter 2025

    • Total wireless service revenue in first-quarter 2025 was an industry-leading $20.8 billion, up 2.7 percent year over year. 
    • Wireless equipment revenue of $5.4 billion in first-quarter 2025, up 0.7 percent year over year. 
    • Total postpaid phone net losses of 289,000 in first-quarter 2025 compared to 114,000 postpaid phone net losses in first-quarter 2024.

    Broadband: Verizon continued to take broadband market share with strong demand for best in class Fios and fixed wireless access offerings

    • Broadband net additions of 339,000 in first-quarter 2025. 
    • Total fixed wireless access net additions of 308,000 in first-quarter 2025, growing the base to over 4.8 million fixed wireless access subscribers. The company is well-positioned to achieve the next milestone of 8 to 9 million fixed wireless access subscribers by 2028. 
    • Fios internet net additions were 45,000 in first-quarter 2025 compared to 53,000 in first-quarter 2024. 
    • Total broadband connections grew to more than 12.6 million as of the end of first-quarter 2025, representing a 13.7 percent increase year over year.  

    Verizon Consumer: Total revenue increases year over year to $25.6 billion in first-quarter 2025, driven by service revenue gains

    • Total Verizon Consumer revenue in first-quarter 2025 was $25.6 billion, an increase of 2.2 percent year over year, predominantly driven by gains in wireless service revenue. 
    • Consumer wireless service revenue in first-quarter 2025 was $17.2 billion, up 2.6 percent year over year.
    • Consumer wireless retail postpaid churn was 1.13 percent in first-quarter 2025, and wireless retail postpaid phone churn was 0.90 percent. 
    • Consumer wireless postpaid average revenue per account (ARPA) of $146.46 in first-quarter 2025, an increase of 3.6 percent year over year. 
    • In first-quarter 2025, Consumer reported 356,000 wireless retail postpaid phone net losses compared to 194,000 postpaid phone net losses in first-quarter 2024. 
    • In first-quarter 2025, Consumer reported 137,000 wireless retail core prepaid2 net additions compared to 131,000 net losses in first-quarter 2024. 
    • Consumer reported 199,000 fixed wireless net additions and 41,000 Fios Internet net additions in first-quarter 2025. Consumer Fios revenue was $2.9 billion in first-quarter 2025. 
    • In first-quarter 2025, Consumer operating income was $7.4 billion, an increase of 0.7 percent year over year, and segment operating income margin was 29.0 percent, compared to 29.4 percent in first-quarter 2024. Segment EBITDA3 in first-quarter 2025 was $11.0 billion, an increase of 2.7 percent year over year. These results were driven by improvements in Consumer wireless service revenue. Segment EBITDA margin3 in first-quarter 2025 was 42.8 percent compared to 42.6 percent in first-quarter 2024.

    Verizon Business: Operating income increases with strong wireless service revenue growth

    • Total Verizon Business revenue was $7.3 billion in first-quarter 2025, a decrease of 1.2 percent year over year. 
    • Business wireless service revenue in first-quarter 2025 was $3.6 billion, an increase of 2.8 percent year over year. 
    • Business reported 94,000 wireless retail postpaid net additions in first-quarter 2025. This result included 67,000 postpaid phone net additions. 
    • Business wireless retail postpaid churn was 1.52 percent in first-quarter 2025, and wireless retail postpaid phone churn was 1.15 percent. 
    • Business reported 109,000 fixed wireless net additions in first-quarter 2025.
    • In first-quarter 2025, Verizon Business operating income was $664 million, an increase of 66.4 percent year over year, resulting in segment operating income margin of 9.1 percent, an increase from 5.4 percent in first-quarter 2024. Segment EBITDA3 in first-quarter 2025 was $1.7 billion, an increase of 10.3 percent year over year. Segment EBITDA margin3 in first-quarter 2025 was 23.1 percent, an increase from 20.7 percent in first-quarter 2024.

    Outlook and guidance 

    The company does not provide a reconciliation for certain of the following adjusted (non-GAAP) forecasts because it cannot, without unreasonable effort, predict the special items that could arise, and the company is unable to address the probable significance of the unavailable information.

    For 2025, Verizon continues to expect the following: 

    • Total wireless service revenue1 growth of 2.0 percent to 2.8 percent.
    • Adjusted EBITDA3 growth of 2.0 percent to 3.5 percent.
    • Adjusted EPS3 growth of 0 to 3.0 percent.
    • Cash flow from operations of $35.0 billion to $37.0 billion.
    • Capital expenditures between $17.5 billion and $18.5 billion. 
    • Free cash flow3 of $17.5 billion to $18.5 billion. 

    Our 2025 financial guidance does not reflect any assumptions regarding the potential impacts of the evolving tariff environment.

    1 Total wireless service revenue represents the sum of Consumer and Business segments. Reflects the reclassification of recurring device protection and insurance related plan revenues from other revenue into wireless service revenue in the first quarter of 2025. Where applicable, historical results have been recast to conform to the current period presentation.

    2 Represents total prepaid results excluding our SafeLink brand.

    3 Non-GAAP financial measure. See the accompanying schedules and www.verizon.com/about/investors for reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures cited in this document to most directly comparable financial measures under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

    Verizon Communications Inc. (NYSE, Nasdaq: VZ) powers and empowers how its millions of customers live, work and play, delivering on their demand for mobility, reliable network connectivity and security. Headquartered in New York City, serving countries worldwide and nearly all of the Fortune 500, Verizon generated revenues of $134.8 billion in 2024. Verizon’s world-class team never stops innovating to meet customers where they are today and equip them for the needs of tomorrow. For more, visit verizon.com or find a retail location at verizon.com/stores.


    Forward-looking statements

    In this communication we have made forward-looking statements. These statements are based on our estimates and assumptions and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations. Forward-looking statements also include those preceded or followed by the words “anticipates,” “assumes,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “hopes,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” or similar expressions. For those statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revision to these forward-looking statements, except as required by law. Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The following important factors, along with those discussed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), could affect future results and could cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements: the effects of competition in the markets in which we operate, including the inability to successfully respond to competitive factors such as prices, promotional incentives and evolving consumer preferences; failure to take advantage of, or respond to competitors’ use of, developments in technology, including artificial intelligence, and address changes in consumer demand; performance issues or delays in the deployment of our 5G network resulting in significant costs or a reduction in the anticipated benefits of the enhancement to our networks; the inability to implement our business strategy; adverse conditions in the U.S. and international economies, including inflation and changing interest rates in the markets in which we operate; changes to international trade and tariff policies and related economic and other impacts; cyberattacks impacting our networks or systems and any resulting financial or reputational impact; damage to our infrastructure or disruption of our operations from natural disasters, extreme weather conditions, acts of war, terrorist attacks or other hostile acts and any resulting financial or reputational impact; disruption of our key suppliers’ or vendors’ provisioning of products or services, including as a result of geopolitical factors or the potential impacts of global climate change; material adverse changes in labor matters and any resulting financial or operational impact; damage to our reputation or brands; the impact of public health crises on our business, operations, employees and customers; changes in the regulatory environment in which we operate, including any increase in restrictions on our ability to operate our networks or businesses; allegations regarding the release of hazardous materials or pollutants into the environment from our, or our predecessors’, network assets and any related government investigations, regulatory developments, litigation, penalties and other liability, remediation and compliance costs, operational impacts or reputational damage; our high level of indebtedness; significant litigation and any resulting material expenses incurred in defending against lawsuits or paying awards or settlements; an adverse change in the ratings afforded our debt securities by nationally accredited ratings organizations or adverse conditions in the credit markets affecting the cost, including interest rates, and/or availability of further financing; significant increases in benefit plan costs or lower investment returns on plan assets; changes in tax laws or regulations, or in their interpretation, or challenges to our tax positions, resulting in additional tax expense or liabilities; changes in accounting assumptions that regulatory agencies, including the SEC, may require or that result from changes in the accounting rules or their application, which could result in an impact on earnings; and risks associated with mergers, acquisitions, divestitures and other strategic transactions, including our ability to consummate the proposed acquisition of Frontier Communications Parent, Inc. and obtain cost savings, synergies and other anticipated benefits within the expected time period or at all.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI: ESET helps MSPs by integrating with the Kaseya VSA X RMM solution

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • ESET launches a new integration of its ESET Endpoint product with the Kaseya VSA X remote monitoring and management (RMM) solution.
    • MSP admins will find their workloads simpler, due to less time spent managing multiple solutions, giving them more space for their daily tasks.

    BRATISLAVA, Slovakia, April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — ESET, a global leader in cybersecurity solutions, today announced the launch of another major integration, this time, with the Kaseya VSA X remote monitoring and management (RMM) software.

    ESET has worked with MSPs for a long time, creating successful programs such as the ESET MSP Program, with subscription flexibility (pay only for what’s in use, no flat rates, no long-term commitment), co-management (independent seat count adjustment and subscription management), or tier-based volume pricing (the more licenses sold, the better the unit price), among others.

    Thus, we understand the needs of our partners as well as their clients. Among these is an interest in running efficient workloads, cutting down on time spent in “swivel chair” operations, and simplifying their use of multiple products, while not sacrificing on their security postures.

    Such results are only achievable through integrations, which ESET identifies as a key contemporary trend. As a partner- and channel-focused cybersecurity vendor, we understand this, and we develop and maintain support for all the most prevalent RMM and PSA tools out there, now joined by Kaseya VSA X, a leading RMM product.

    Thanks to this new integration, users of Kaseya VSA X can now also serve organizations that use ESET. In essence, it enables MSPs to deploy and manage ESET Endpoint products directly from within the Kaseya VSA X interface, so they can perform their necessary management actions without having to log in to a separate console.

    With support for additional workflows, MSPs can set up automatic actions for common scenarios. For instance, a workflow can be used to automatically deploy ESET to a freshly provisioned machine, or a workflow could be configured to provide a notification in case a threat is detected on an endpoint.

    Some other key features are:

    • “One Click” or automated deployment of ESET Endpoint products
    • Monitoring of endpoint health (product, version, protection status)
    • On-demand tasks such as scanning and activation

    “We’ve been working with MSPs for a very long time, and ESET is a favorite vendor among thousands of MSPs across the world,” said Rob Jones, Global Channel Business Developer at ESET. “With the features provided through our new integration with Kaseya VSA X software, MSP administrators will unlock extensive benefits, such as simpler workflows, easier monitoring, as well as enhanced time savings. We know what MSPs need, and with this integration, we are directly addressing multiple pain points to make their businesses more efficient.”

    Version 1.0 of this integration will support Windows endpoints that are running ESET Endpoint Antivirus, Endpoint Security, or Server Security.

    ESET will be continuing its integration journey, so stay tuned for more updates in the future. In the meantime, feel free to check out our ESET integrations webpage to see the list of our existing partners and connections.

    About ESET
    ESET® provides cutting-edge digital security to prevent attacks before they happen. By combining the power of AI and human expertise, ESET stays ahead of emerging global cyberthreats, both known and unknown— securing businesses, critical infrastructure, and individuals. Whether it’s endpoint, cloud, or mobile protection, our AI-native, cloud-first solutions and services remain highly effective and easy to use. ESET technology includes robust detection and response, ultra-secure encryption, and multifactor authentication. With 24/7 real-time defense and strong local support, we keep users safe and businesses running without interruption. The ever-evolving digital landscape demands a progressive approach to security: ESET is committed to world-class research and powerful threat intelligence, backed by R&D centers and a strong global partner network. For more information, visit www.eset.com or follow our social media, podcasts and blogs.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: CE leads delegation to begin visit programme in Zhejiang (with photos)

    Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

    CE leads delegation to begin visit programme in Zhejiang  
    Upon arrival in Hangzhou in the afternoon, Mr Lee and the delegation visited the ZJU-Hangzhou Global Scientific and Technological Innovation Center to learn more about the latest developments in innovation and technology collaboration between Hong Kong and Hangzhou. Mr Lee said that Zhejiang University is one of the eligible Mainland universities under the Top Talent Pass Scheme, and over 4 000 of its graduates have been approved to pursue their careers in Hong Kong through the scheme. He also said that the Center serves as a major innovation and technology platform in Zhejiang, bringing together talent skilled in the collaborative development of industry, education and research sectors. The Center can enhance collaboration with Hong Kong’s universities and research institutes in areas such as promoting the transformation of research and development outcomes, and enhancing technological and industrial innovation, Mr Lee added.
     
    In the evening, Mr Lee attended a dinner hosted by the Hong Kong Chamber of Commerce in Zhejiang, where he engaged with Hong Kong people and representatives of Hong Kong enterprises in Zhejiang to learn more about their daily lives and developments. He encouraged them to leverage their strengths to serve Zhejiang enterprises in going global and attracting foreign investment, with a view to contributing to mutual benefits and the high-quality development of Hong Kong and Zhejiang.
     
    Mr Lee will continue his visit to Hangzhou tomorrow (April 23).
    Issued at HKT 19:00

    NNNN

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI USA: AG’s civil rights, consumer protection investigation results in $180,000 payment from agricultural grower King Fuji Ranch

    Source: Washington State News

    KENNEWICK — Following an Attorney General’s Office investigation into discriminatory employment practices and misrepresentations to local farmworkers about agricultural job opportunities, King Fuji Ranch, a Richland-based agricultural company, will reform its hiring practices and pay $180,000 to the Attorney General’s Office.

    Attorney General Nick Brown filed today a resolution with the company in Benton County Superior Court that will end the investigation and avoid litigation. King Fuji grows apples and wine grapes in central Washington and is operated by Michael Taggares, who also owns Tagaris Wines.

    The legally binding agreement requires King Fuji to reform its hiring practices to protect local farmworkers from being unlawfully displaced by foreign H-2A workers, adopt a nondiscrimination policy the Attorney General’s Office will review and approve, and provide training for the next five years to employees and supervisors about their rights and obligations under state civil rights and consumer protection laws. Once approved by a judge, the agreement will become an enforceable court order.

    “Employers cannot discriminate against willing, available local workers in order to abuse foreign visa programs,” said Brown. “The Attorney General’s Office will protect farmworkers in Washington state from employers that break the law.”

    “Growers who use the H-2A program are required to show a real labor shortage before they can bring in foreign workers,” said Andrea Schmitt, an attorney with Columbia Legal Services, the legal aid organization that brought the issue of King Fuji’s alleged hiring practices to the attention of the Attorney General’s Office. “In reality, we often see growers deceiving local farmworkers to avoid hiring them because the growers prefer H-2A workers who can’t change jobs regardless of working conditions. We are grateful to the Attorney General’s office for standing up to King Fuji, a grower that was unlawfully pushing local farmworkers aside.”

    The H-2A program is intended only for employers who face a shortage of laborers. Employers cannot apply for this program unless they can show that there is a shortage of U.S.-based workers in their region who are willing, qualified and able to work. It is not a free pass to hire foreign H-2A workers who may be more vulnerable and less aware of their rights than U.S.-based workers.

    Between 2016 and 2019, King Fuji represented to local farmworkers that it required three months of tree fruit experience for jobs thinning, training, pruning, and harvesting apples and wine grapes. But it communicated a different set of hiring criteria to its H-2A labor recruiter in Mexico — including that they find married men under the age of 35 and without any mention of the requirement that they have three months’ tree fruit experience.

    The Attorney General’s Office asserted that hiring male H-2A workers and displacing local male and female workers constitutes sex and national origin discrimination. The Office asserted the deceptive advertising to local workers requiring experience that was not required of H-2A workers from abroad violated the Consumer Protection Act.

    Assistant Attorneys General Patricio Marquez, Teri Healy, and Matt Geyman, investigators Alma Poletti and Rebecca Pawul, and paralegal Anna Alfonso handled the case for Washington state.

    -30-

    The Wing Luke Civil Rights Division works to protect the rights of all Washington residents by enforcing state and federal anti-discrimination laws. It is named for Wing Luke, who served as an Assistant Attorney General for the state of Washington in the late 1950s and early 1960s. He went on to become the first person of color elected to the Seattle City Council and the first Asian American elected to public office in the Pacific Northwest.

    Media Contact:

    Email: press@atg.wa.gov

    Phone: (360) 753-2727

    General contacts: Click here

    Media Resource Guide & Attorney General’s Office FAQ

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Chobani to Make $1.2 Billion Facility in Upstate New York

    Source: US State of New York

    [embedded content]

    [embedded content]

    Chobani’s latest facility will be built at the Triangle parcel located at Griffiss Business and Technology Park, which was awarded more than $23 million from FAST NY last year to complete infrastructure and transportation improvements. When at full capacity, Chobani will process over 12 million pounds of milk per day, representing a large economic opportunity for the state’s dairy farms.

    Chobani has selected Rome, New York for this project based on:

    • A skilled local workforce, including a high concentration of military veterans living in the area, as well as graduates from nearby colleges
    • Easy access to the major population of the East Coast
    • Availability of affordable housing in the area as well as Governor Hochul’s ongoing commitment to building affordable homes in New York State
    • Additional resources coming from the state to support the creation of new jobs

    Empire State Development President, CEO and Commissioner Hope Knight said, “Today’s announcement represents how New York is building a stronger, more sustainable economy that creates jobs, promotes tradable industries and supports additional economic sectors in the state. This public-private partnership with Chobani will grow the market for New York’s dairy farmers, create jobs that provide a path to the middle class, and develop even more world-class food products that are widely recognized across North America. Under Governor Hochul’s leadership, the State continues to invest in the companies and jobs that bolster New York’s economic vitality of today and tomorrow.”

    New York State Agriculture Commissioner Richard A. Ball said, “Twenty years ago, Chobani opened its first U.S. facility right here in New York, so we’re thrilled with their decision to expand their roots here with a brand-new manufacturing facility in the Mohawk Valley. This is tremendous news for our state and for our dairy farmers, who will be supplying milk to this state-of-the-art processing facility. Chobani has long been a part of New York’s world-class dairy industry, and this feels like a real full-circle moment to welcome them to another region in our state. I thank Governor Hochul and all of the partners involved and look forward to the positive long-term impact this will have on our dairy community statewide.”

    New York State Department of Labor Commissioner Roberta Reardon said, “New York’s dairy industry is essential to the success of our state’s economy, putting food on the table for families statewide and providing countless pathways to good-paying careers. Governor Hochul has made strengthening New York’s agricultural workforce a top priority and the results speak for themselves. Chobani’s massive investment in the Mohawk Valley will continue to expand our state’s impressive, and delicious, dairy offerings and bring career opportunities to so many New Yorkers, including those in underserved populations.”

    To help facilitate the company’s investment and expansion in the Mohawk Valley, Empire State Development (ESD) has agreed to provide Chobani up to $73 million in performance-based Excelsior Jobs Program tax credits to support the creation of more than 1,000 jobs at the Rome location. Additionally, the company has pledged to collaborate with ESD to develop workforce training that aims to train and provide job opportunities at Chobani to underserved populations.

    The dairy industry is the largest single segment of New York’s $8 billion agricultural industry. The state has nearly 3,000 dairy farms that produce 16.1 billion pounds of milk annually, making New York the fifth largest dairy state in the United States. New York is the largest producer of yogurt, sour cream, cream cheese and cottage cheese and the fifth largest producer of milk. The dairy community in New York includes both large dairy operations and small, family run farms. It also boasts approximately 200 dairy processing facilities of various types and sizes, from major global processing companies to small artisanal dairy product makers.

    Chobani has been a major employer in the Mohawk Valley for decades, and this massive new $1.2 billion investment will bring more than 1,000 good-paying jobs to Oneida County.”

    Governor Kathy Hochul

    U.S. Senator Charles Schumer said, “Today, Chobani makes Upstate New York the No. 1 Greek yogurt producer in America. Chobani’s $1 billion investment — the largest investment in natural food making in American history — is a win-win-win for Chobani, NY dairy farmers, and the Mohawk Valley economy and jobs. I’ve fought to help Chobani grow since the very beginning to lay the foundation for a day like today. When Chobani wanted to expand the reach of their delicious and nutritious Greek yogurt, I helped get them included in the national school lunch program to be enjoyed by children across the country. With this new factory, more people will be able to enjoy their ‘Made In NY’ Greek yogurt than ever before. Dairy farmers are the beating heart of Upstate NY and this massive new facility and 1,000 new jobs will help support so many family farms across the state. I sincerely thank Chobani’s amazing CEO, and my very good friend, Hamdi Ulukaya for continuing his commitment to our state. I also thank Governor Hochul: without her leadership, today would not be possible. New York is proud that Chobani calls it home and more people will be enjoying their yogurt that comes from NY dairy farms made here in the Mohawk Valley than ever before.”

    Representative John Mannion said, “This transformational investment by Chobani is a major win for New York State, and its success is a top priority for the Mohawk Valley. Residents of NY-22 will help fill the 1,000 new jobs and increased demand will benefit local dairy farmers and strengthen their bottom lines. I was proud to support FAST NY in the State Senate, working with Governor Hochul to drive economic growth and create good paying jobs for New Yorkers. I’m grateful for the Governor’s leadership and for Chobani’s continued commitment to New York agriculture, our workers, and our communities.”

    State Senator Joseph Griffo said, “I thank Chobani for their willingness to continue to invest in Upstate New York and appreciate the efforts of all those who have helped make today’s announcement a reality, especially Oneida County Executive Anthony Picente Jr. and the Governor and Empire State Development. This major expansion will generate new employment opportunities, boost the local and regional economies, strengthen the state’s dairy industry and enhance the City of Rome, Oneida County and Upstate New York. I am looking forward to watching as this project progresses and am excited about the significant, positive, transformational impact it will potentially have on the community, region and state.”

    Assemblymember Marianne Buttenchon said, “I welcome Chobani to my district and look forward to a great partnership. Chobani is an amazing employer that provides healthy, delicious products for our families. They also always support our local communities by helping those in need. I sincerely thank Chobani for choosing Oneida County and for all they do for New York State.”

    Oneida County Executive Anthony Picente said, “This is a generational win for Oneida County and the entire Mohawk Valley. We believed in the potential of the Griffiss Triangle site and invested over $6 million to make it shovel-ready because we knew it could attract a world-class partner like Chobani. I’m proud of the role Oneida County played in bringing this transformative project to fruition. This $1 billion investment will create over 1,000 good-paying jobs, boost our local economy, and reaffirm our region as a hub for innovation and opportunity. We couldn’t be happier to welcome Chobani to Rome and begin this new chapter together.”

    Rome Mayor Jeffrey Lanigan said, “We are incredibly grateful to Governor Hochul and the State of New York for their continued support of Chobani’s tremendous project here in the City of Rome. This transformative investment marks a major step forward for our community, bringing new jobs, opportunities, innovation, and growth. The redevelopment of the Triangle Site was a visionary effort — one that required forward-thinking investments, long-term commitment and dedication. We are very proud to be a part of this exciting new chapter for Rome.”

    Embedded Flickr Album

    Governor Hochul’s Ongoing Support for the Agricultural Industry
    Today’s expansion of Chobani in Rome complements Governor Hochul’s commitment to the agriculture industry in New York State. Governor Hochul has made record investments to support the state’s farmers. Initiatives such as Nourish NY and the 30 percent Initiative have connected locally grown food with underserved communities while boosting the agricultural economy. Governor Hochul has invested $55 million to help dairy farms adopt sustainable practices and modernize operations and protected and enhanced the state’s farming industry through an $82 million investment in agricultural stewardship programs.

    In her most recent State of the State, Governor Hochul has continued to build on these efforts and has proposed additional investment in agricultural stewardship programs and will provide additional funding to research and implement climate-resilient practices on dairy farms. Additionally, the Governor has proposed the expansion of agriculture education in New York’s schools. More information on the Governor’s 2025 State of the State proposals for New York’s agriculture industry.

    About Chobani
    Chobani is a food maker with a mission of making high-quality and nutritious food accessible to more people, while elevating our communities and making the world a healthier place. In short: making good food for all. In support of this mission, Chobani is a purpose-driven, people-first, food-and-wellness-focused company, and has been since its founding in 2005 by Hamdi Ulukaya, an immigrant to the U.S. The Company manufactures yogurt, oat milk and creamers — Chobani yogurt is America’s No.1 yogurt brand, made with natural ingredients without artificial preservatives. Following the 2023 acquisition of La Colombe, a leading coffee roaster with a shared commitment to quality, craftmanship and impact, the Company began selling cold-pressed espresso and lattes on tap at cafés nationwide, as well as Ready to Drink (RTD) coffee beverages at retail.

    Chobani uses food as a force for good in the world — putting humanity first in everything it does. The company’s philanthropic efforts prioritize giving back to its communities and beyond: working to eradicate child hunger, supporting immigrants, refugees and underrepresented people, honoring veterans, and protecting the planet. Chobani manufactures its products in New York, Idaho, Michigan and Australia, and its products are available throughout North America and distributed in Australia and other select markets.

    For more information, please visit www.chobani.com and www.lacolombe.com, or follow us on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram and LinkedIn.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: EIB supports innovative climate action in emerging markets alongside private equity firm LeapFrog Investments

    Source: European Investment Bank

    EIB

    • EIB Global commits $60 million to Climate Investment Strategy of LeapFrog Investments alongside World Bank Group’s International Finance Corporation on margins of Spring Meetings in Washington.
    • LeapFrog aims to deploy $500 million for green technologies in Africa and Asia.
    • Other partners include the World Bank Group’s International Finance Corporation, Singaporean investment firm Temasek and the Swiss Development Finance Institution

    The European Investment Bank is accelerating the use of green technologies in Africa and Asia with a $60 million pledge for private equity firm LeapFrog Investments (LeapFrog). The pledge by the EIB, financial arm of the European Union,  is for a LeapFrog Climate Investment Strategy that has also drawn support from the World Bank Group’s International Finance Corporation (IFC), Singapore headquartered global investment companyTemasek and the Swiss Development Finance Institution (SIFEM).

    LeapFrog aims to deploy $500 million under its Climate Investment Strategy to scale green tools and technologies for consumers in Africa and Asia. Millions of people are expected to have access to better and greener transport, energy, food and housing as a result of the initiative.

    EIB Group President Nadia Calviño said: “Today’s announcement is an example of public-private partnership at its best, and a strong statement on Europe’s climate leadership. At the EIB, we are staying the course and consolidating our role as The Climate Bank.”

    Consumers in South Asia, Southeast Asia and Africa account for 25% of global emissions of greenhouse gases, a figure set to rise to as much as 73% by 2030 without a green transition. Directing capital in these markets to actions that counter climate change is key to fostering long-term and sustainable economic growth.

    An initial investment under LeapFrog’s Climate Investment Strategy supports Battery Smart, India’s largest battery-as-a-service provider for two and three wheelers, providing riders with low-carbon mobility. Other sectors of interest include rooftop solar and clean cooking.

     “The world’s four billion  consumers in emerging markets constitute half of humanity – they have every right to rise but, without green tools and technologies, their total emissions will blow through the world’s carbon budget. This is also where the greatest opportunities lie — investing to support  a generational  transition for the majority of global consumers and producers. We are grateful to have the support of our longstanding partners EIB, IFC and Temasek in achieving this mission,” said Dr Andy Kuper, CEO and Founder of LeapFrog Investments.

    LeapFrog’s Climate Investment Strategy was recognised today at the World Bank Group and International Monetary Fund Spring Meetings by the heads of the EIB Group, LeapFrog and by IFC Vice-President of Industries Mohammed Gouled and Temasek CEO Dilhan Pillay.

    Background information

    About the European Investment Bank Group:

    The European Investment Bank (ElB) is the long-term lending institution of the European Union, owned by its Member States. Built around eight core priorities, we finance investments that contribute to EU policy objectives by bolstering climate action and the environment, digitalisation and technological innovation, security and defence, cohesion, agriculture and bioeconomy, social infrastructure, the capital markets union, and a stronger Europe in a more peaceful and prosperous world. 

    All projects financed by the EIB Group are in line with the Paris Climate Agreement, as pledged in our Climate Bank Roadmap. Almost 60% of the EIB Group’s annual financing supports projects directly contributing to climate change mitigation, adaptation, and a healthier environment.   

    EIB Global is the EIB Group’s specialised arm devoted to increasing the impact of international partnerships and development finance, and a key partner of Global Gateway. We aim to support €100 billion of investment by the end of 2027 – around one-third of the overall target of this EU initiative. Within Team Europe, EIB Global fosters strong, focused partnerships alongside fellow development finance institutions and civil society. EIB Global brings the EIB Group closer to people, companies and institutions through our offices across the world. High-quality, up-to-date photos of our headquarters for media use are available here. 

    About LeapFrog Investments

    LeapFrog invests in healthcare, financial services and climate solutions businesses in high-growth global markets. Its companies deliver distinctive impact and robust returns, growing revenues on average 23% a year. LeapFrog companies now reach 537 million people with essential services in 37 countries. The firm has raised billions of dollars from global institutional investors, including a $500m commitment by Temasek to LeapFrog and its growth equity funds. LeapFrog has twice been ranked by Fortune as one of the top Companies to Change the World, alongside Apple and Novartis, and was named inaugural Pioneer in Impact by the FT and IFC at the Transformational Business Awards.

    For more information, go to: www.leapfroginvest.com.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Walgreens Agrees to Pay up to $350 Million for Illegally Filling Unlawful Opioid Prescriptions and for Submitting False Claims to the Federal Government

    Source: Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) State Crime Alerts (b)

    WASHINGTON – The Justice Department, together with the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) and Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General (HHS-OIG), today announced a $300 million settlement with Walgreens Boots Alliance, Walgreen Co. and various subsidiaries (collectively, Walgreens) to resolve allegations that the national chain pharmacy illegally filled millions of invalid prescriptions for opioids and other controlled substances in violation of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) and then sought payment for many of those invalid prescriptions by Medicare and other federal healthcare programs in violation of the False Claims Act (FCA). The settlement amount is based on Walgreens’s ability to pay. Walgreens will owe the United States an additional $50 million if the company is sold, merged, or transferred prior to fiscal year 2032. 

    The government’s complaint, filed on Jan. 16 and amended April 18 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, alleges that from approximately August 2012 through March 1, 2023, Walgreens, one of the nation’s largest pharmacy chains, knowingly filled millions of unlawful controlled substance prescriptions. These unlawful prescriptions included prescriptions for excessive quantities of opioids, opioid prescriptions filled significantly early, and prescriptions for the especially dangerous and abused combination of three drugs known as a “trinity.” Walgreens pharmacists allegedly filled these prescriptions despite clear “red flags” indicating a high likelihood that the prescriptions were invalid because they lacked a legitimate medical purpose or were not issued in the usual course of professional practice. 

    The complaint further alleges that Walgreens pressured its pharmacists to fill prescriptions quickly and without taking the time needed to confirm that each prescription was lawful. Walgreens’s compliance officials also allegedly ignored substantial evidence that its stores were dispensing unlawful prescriptions and even intentionally deprived its own pharmacists of crucial information, including by refusing to share internal data regarding prescribers with pharmacists and preventing pharmacists from warning one another about certain problematic prescribers.

    In light of Friday’s settlement, the United States has moved to dismiss its complaint. Walgreens will also move to dismiss a related declaratory judgment action filed in U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas.

    “Pharmacies have a legal responsibility to prescribe controlled substances in a safe and professional manner, not dispense dangerous drugs just for profit,” said Attorney General Pamela Bondi.  “This Department of Justice is committed to ending the opioid crisis and holding bad actors accountable for their failure to protect patients from addiction.”

    “This settlement holds Walgreens accountable for failing to comply with its critical responsibility to prevent the diversion of opioids and other controlled substances,” said John J. Durham, United States Attorney for the Eastern District of New York.  “The settlement also underscores our Office’s continued commitment to ensure that all persons and businesses that fill controlled-substance prescriptions adhere to the requirements of the Controlled Substances Act that are designed to prevent highly addictive medications from being used for illegitimate purposes.”   

    “This settlement resolves allegations that, for years, Walgreens failed to meet its obligations when dispensing dangerous opioids and other drugs,” said Deputy Assistant Attorney General Michael Granston of the Justice Department’s Civil Division. “We will continue to hold accountable those entities and individuals whose actions contributed to the opioid crisis, whether through illegal prescribing, marketing, dispensing, or distributing activities.”

    In addition to the monetary payments announced today, Walgreens has entered into agreements with DEA and HHS-OIG to address its future obligations in dispensing controlled substances. Walgreens and DEA entered into a Memorandum of Agreement that requires the company to implement and maintain certain compliance measures for the next seven years. Walgreens must maintain policies and procedures requiring pharmacists to confirm the validity of controlled substance prescriptions prior to dispensing controlled substances, provide annual training to pharmacy employees regarding their legal obligations relating to controlled substances, verify that pharmacy staffing is sufficient to enable pharmacy employees to comply with those legal obligations, and maintain a system for blocking prescriptions from prescribers whom Walgreens becomes aware are writing illegitimate controlled substance prescriptions. Walgreens has also entered into a five-year Corporate Integrity Agreement with HHS-OIG, which further requires Walgreens to establish and maintain a compliance program that includes written policies and procedures, training, board oversight, and periodic reporting to HHS-OIG related to Walgreens’s dispensing of controlled substances. 

    The civil settlement resolves four cases brought under the qui tam, or whistleblower, provisions of the FCA by former Walgreens employees. The FCA authorizes whistleblowers to sue on behalf of the United States and receive a share of any recovery.  It also permits the United States to intervene and take over such lawsuits, as it did here. The relators will receive a 17.25% share of the government’s FCA recovery in this matter.

    The claims asserted against defendants are allegations only and there has been no determination of liability.

    The United States’ pursuit of this matter underscores the government’s commitment to combating health care fraud. One of the most powerful tools in this effort is the False Claims Act.  Tips and complaints from all sources about potential fraud, waste, abuse, and mismanagement can be reported to HHS, at 800-HHS-TIPS (800-447-8477).

    The United States is represented in this matter by attorneys from the Justice Department’s Civil Division Consumer Protection Branch (Assistant Director Amy DeLine and Trial Attorney Nicole Frazer) and Commercial Litigation Branch, Fraud Section (Assistant Director Natalie Waites and Trial Attorney Joshua Barron), as well as from the U.S. Attorneys’ Offices for the Northern District of Illinois (Assistant U.S. Attorney Valerie R. Raedy), Middle District of Florida (Chief of the Civil Division Randy Harwell and Assistant U.S. Attorney Carolyn Tapie), District of Maryland (Chief of the Civil Division Thomas Corcoran), Eastern District of New York (Assistant U.S. Attorney Elliot M. Schachner) and Eastern District of Virginia (Assistant U.S. Attorney John Beerbower). Fraud Section senior financial analyst Karen Sharp provided support for the matter.

    The DEA, HHS-OIG, Defense Criminal Investigative Service, Defense Health Agency (DHA), Office of Personnel Management (OPM), Department of Labor (DOL) Office of Inspector General, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), Office of Inspector General, FBI Chicago Field Office, and the U.S. Attorneys’ Offices for the District of Colorado, Southern District of California, Eastern District of California, Northern District of California, Eastern District of Washington, Southern District of Alabama, Southern District of Illinois, Central District of Illinois, District of Arizona, Western District of Texas, Northern District of Texas, District of Puerto Rico, and Eastern District of Louisiana provided substantial assistance in the investigation.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI: Incorta Introduces Intelligent Accounts Payable Agent for Google Cloud’s Agentspace, Supports New A2A Protocol for Cross-Agent Collaboration

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FOSTER CITY, Calif., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Incorta, the pioneering open data delivery platform, was featured in Google Next’s keynote, where it announced the launch of the Incorta AP Agent, an AI-powered solution that transforms accounts payable workflows with real-time operational insights and automation. Built for Google Cloud’s Agentspace, the Incorta AP Agent marks a major leap forward in finance modernization—combining natural language querying, ERP data integration, and intelligent automation to dramatically enhance control, compliance, and efficiency for enterprise AP teams.

    At the same time, Incorta is proud to be an early partner supporting Google Cloud’s newly introduced Agent-to-Agent (A2A) protocol, a first-of-its-kind open standard that enables AI agents to securely collaborate across enterprise systems and vendors.

    “Businesses today don’t just need better data, they need the ability to act on that data instantly,” said Osama Elkady, CEO and co-founder of Incorta. “With the AP Agent and support for A2A, we’re helping customers unlock the full potential of agentic AI, moving beyond dashboards into a future where enterprise workflows are truly intelligent, connected, and automated.”

    Meet the Incorta AP Agent: Smarter Finance Starts Here

    The Incorta AP Agent eliminates bottlenecks from fragmented systems and manual invoice processing by delivering direct access to ERP data through conversational AI. Finance teams can now detect errors instantly, automate compliance actions, and reclaim time for strategic initiatives.

    Key Benefits:

    • Real-Time Error Detection
      Identifies pricing discrepancies instantly using AI and ERP data.
    • Conversational Data Access
      Enables natural language queries without technical skills.
    • Enhanced Financial Control
      Automatically places invoice holds to enforce contract compliance.
    • Increased Operational Efficiency
      Frees AP teams from repetitive tasks, shifting focus to strategic initiatives.

    Under the hood, the Incorta AP Agent leverages Incorta’s Direct Data Mapping®, ensuring secure, source-identical data is always accessible, always current, and always analytics-ready.

    Scaling Intelligence Across the Enterprise with A2A

    To support broader enterprise automation, Incorta is also among the first partners backing Agent2Agent (A2A)—a new open protocol from Google Cloud that enables AI agents to securely communicate, coordinate, and collaborate, regardless of vendor or platform.

    A2A represents a shared industry vision for interoperable AI. By allowing agents to dynamically discover capabilities, share context, and delegate tasks, the protocol accelerates complex, multi-agent enterprise workflows.

    “Incorta is excited to support A2A and advance agent communication for customers, making the future of enterprise automation smarter, faster, and truly data-driven,” added Elkady.

    The combination of Incorta’s intelligent agents and A2A’s interoperability empowers customers to orchestrate smarter decision-making and automation across functions, starting with AP and expanding to procurement, finance, supply chain, and beyond.

    About Incorta

    Incorta is the first and only open data delivery platform that enables real-time analysis of live, detailed data across all systems of record—without the need for complex ETL processes. By enabling direct analysis on raw, source-identical data, Incorta provides faster, more accurate insights while removing barriers to exploration. With intuitive low-code/no-code tools, AI-powered querying through Nexus, and prebuilt business data applications, enterprise teams can quickly surface insights, break down technical roadblocks, and make smarter decisions without heavy engineering effort. For more information, please visit www.incorta.com.

    Media Relations Contact:

    Elizabeth Byington
    incorta@sparkpr.com 

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Relief to Tobacco Farmers: Government Notifies 3-Year Validity for Grower Registrations and Barn Licenses

    Source: Government of India

    Posted On: 22 APR 2025 6:06PM by PIB Delhi

    Government of India has decided to renew the Certificate of Registration as Virginia tobacco grower and License for operation of a barn to 3 years instead of 1 year as a part of ease of doing business, in order to reduce the burden of mandatory yearly renewal of Certificate of Registration as Virginia tobacco grower and license for operation of a barn. This means, the registrations / licenses will be valid for 3 years instead of the existing practice of renewing every year.

    To facilitate the growers to renew this registration / licenses once in 3 years, the Government of India has amended the sub-rule(5), (6) and (7) of rule 33 and sub-rule (2) and (3) of rule 34N, of Tobacco Board Rules, 1976.  The amendment to the aforementioned Tobacco Board Rules, 1976 was published in the Gazette of India by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Department of Commerce, Government of India.The same will be effective from 2025-26 crop season in Andhra Pradesh.

    This amendment of increasing the periodicity from one to three years will be greatly helpful to around 83,500 farmers covering around 91,000 barns in renewing their registrations/licenses across Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Telangana and Odisha states.

    Virginia tobacco is being regulated in India by an Act of Parliament i.e., Tobacco Board Act, 1975 and the rules notified there under.  As per the Tobacco Board Act, 1975 and Rules notified thereunder, every grower intending to take up cultivation of Virginia tobacco has to obtain certificate of registration as a grower and a license for operation of a barn.  Accordingly, the Tobacco Board is facilitating the registration / licensing on an annual basis. 

    India is 2nd largest producer and 4th largest exporter of unmanufactured tobacco in the World (in value terms during 2023) and generating to the Indian exchequer.   During 2024-25 Financial Year, Tobacco exports contributed 1979 US million dollars (Rs.16,728 Crores) to the Indian exchequer. 

    ***

    Abhishek Dayal/Abhijith Narayanan

    (Release ID: 2123534) Visitor Counter : 115

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Russia: IMF Executive Board Concludes 2025 Article IV Consultation with the Republic of Azerbaijan

    Source: IMF – News in Russian

    April 22, 2025

    Washington, DC: On March 21, 2025, the Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) concluded the Article IV consultation[1] with Azerbaijan and endorsed the staff appraisal, as well as the 2024 Financial System Stability Assessment.

    Following a slowdown in 2023, growth accelerated, and inflation picked up. Real GDP increased by 4.1 percent in 2024, up from 1.4 percent in 2023, supported by strong growth in construction, communication, transportation, and hospitality sectors. After declining by 2 percent in 2023, hydrocarbon GDP stabilized in 2024, as moderate gas production expansion compensated for the decline in oil output. Inflation picked up in the second half of 2024, partly reflecting adjustment in administered prices, reaching 4.9 percent at the end of the year, still within the CBA target of 4 ±2 percent. The 2024 Financial Sector Assessment Program (FSAP) found the financial sector to be broadly resilient against severe shocks.

    The decline in oil and gas prices reduced the 2024 external surplus, but fiscal consolidation resumed. After recording a surplus of 11.5 percent of GDP in 2023, the current account balance is projected to weaken in 2024. During the first three quarters of 2024, the current account surplus has been about 50 percent lower than in the same period last year. The combined CBA and SOFAZ reserves reached about US$ 71 billion by end-2024, covering 41 months of next year’s imports. After remaining broadly unchanged in 2023, the nonoil primary deficit declined in 2024 to 20.5 percent on nonoil GDP, from 22.1 percent of nonoil GDP in 2023, reflecting strong nonoil tax revenues.   

    Looking ahead, growth is projected to moderate and inflation to remain within the CBA target. Growth is projected to slow down to 3.5 percent in 2025, reflecting a slowdown in investment and flat hydrocarbon production. In the medium term, growth is projected to be 2 ½ percent, in line with potential growth. Assuming broadly stable international food and energy prices, inflation is projected to remain within the CBA target of 4 ±2 percent. External position is projected to weaken in the medium term as hydrocarbon production declines, but FX reserves will remain strong.

    Risks to the outlook remain broadly balanced but external uncertainty is high. Reduced hydrocarbon prices as a result of higher supply or lower demand could adversely affect growth, external position, and fiscal revenues. Conversely, intensification of conflicts could push hydrocarbon prices higher, providing a temporary boost to external and fiscal position. Deepening geoeconomic fragmentation, as well as trade and investment shocks, could affect prospects for development of the nonhydrocarbon sector and economic diversification, and slower global growth could weigh on Azerbaijan’s prospects. On the other side, trade and investment diversion to the region could also provide new opportunities. On the domestic side, pressures to increase budgetary spending could increase inflation, delay fiscal consolidation, and weaken the fiscal position and fiscal rule credibility. The presence of inefficient SOEs could undermine the development of the private sector, which is key to diversifying the economy and boosting growth.

    Executive Board Assessment[2]

    In concluding the AIV consultation with Azerbaijan, Executive Directors endorsed the staff’s appraisal as follows:

    Executive Directors agreed with the thrust of the staff appraisal. They noted that Azerbaijan’s growth has remained resilient, supported by robust non‑oil sector activity, and inflation is contained. Directors concurred that risks to the outlook are broadly balanced but are subject to significant uncertainty. They called for continued prudent policies and reforms to support diversification and sustainable growth over the medium term.

    Directors welcomed the authorities’ adherence to the fiscal targets under the fiscal rule. Cautioning that the expansionary 2025 budget would be procyclical, they broadly called on the authorities to continue with the fiscal adjustment in 2025, including by saving any revenue overperformance or expenditure shortfall to help contain inflationary pressures and reinforce fiscal sustainability. While recognizing Azerbaijan’s investment needs, Directors urged the authorities to pursue fiscal consolidation over the medium term to ensure intergenerational equity, underpinned by revenue and expenditure measures and reforms to strengthen the fiscal rule framework. They noted the benefits of a potential TADAT and PIMA to support these efforts.

    Directors viewed the central bank’s current monetary policy stance as appropriate, with inflation within the central bank target band and the recent increase appearing transitory. They emphasized the need to closely monitor inflation risks and to be prepared to act swiftly if needed. Directors welcomed the enhanced monetary policy transmission and called for continued efforts to improve the monetary policy framework to prepare for a possible transition to a hybrid inflation targeting regime.

    Directors welcomed the 2024 FSAP’s assessment that Azerbaijan’s financial system is broadly resilient, and the banking sector is well‑capitalized. They commended the authorities for the significant progress in reinvigorating the regulatory reform agenda, and bolstering banks’ capital and liquidity buffers to reinforce financial stability. Directors encouraged continued progress in strengthening prudential oversight and the financial safety net and expanding the systemic risk analysis and stress testing frameworks to address remaining vulnerabilities. In this regard, they underscored the importance of fully implementing consolidated supervision, developing early warning indicators and triggers for supervisory actions, reinforcing the resilience of domestic systemically important banks, and strengthening the emergency liquidity assistance framework.

    Directors emphasized the need for private sector development to support economic diversification. They called for continued reforms to strengthen corporate governance in state‑owned enterprises, and to create a level playing field for the private sector. Directors also called on the authorities to continue efforts to improve governance, combat corruption, and further strengthen the AML/CFT framework. They encouraged the authorities to intensify efforts to increase private sector access to finance and contribute to the global climate agenda.

    Azerbaijan: Selected Economic and Financial Indicators, 2022–30

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

         

    Est.

    Projections

    2022

    2023

    2024

    2025

    2026

    2027

    2028

    2029

    2030

     

    (Annual percentage change, unless otherwise specified)

    National income

                     

       GDP at constant prices

    4.7

    1.4

    4.1

    3.5

    2.5

    2.4

    2.4

    2.5

    2.5

          Of which: Oil sector 1/

    -2.4

    -2.0

    0.3

    0.2

    -0.5

    -0.5

    -0.5

    -0.5

    -0.5

                              Non-oil sector

    9.1

    4.5

    6.2

    4.5

    3.7

    3.5

    3.5

    3.5

    3.5

       Consumer price index (period average)

    13.9

    8.8

    2.2

    5.7

    4.5

    4.0

    4.0

    4.0

    4.0

       Consumer price index (end of period)

    14.4

    2.1

    4.9

    5.2

    4.0

    4.0

    4.0

    4.0

    4.0

    Money and credit

                     

       Domestic credit, net

    29.9

    14.7

    5.0

    9.1

    6.9

    7.0

    6.8

    6.9

    6.9

          Of which: Credit to private sector

    17.4

    14.7

    15.9

    10.0

    8.0

    8.0

    8.0

    8.0

    8.0

       Manat base money

    -2.8

    19.4

    0.4

    9.0

    9.0

    9.0

    9.0

    9.0

    9.0

       Manat broad money

    23.8

    19.6

    9.0

    10.6

    7.9

    8.4

    8.3

    8.4

    8.4

       Total broad money

    23.6

    5.3

    11.9

    9.2

    6.5

    7.0

    7.0

    7.0

    7.0

    External sector

                     

    Exports f.o.b.

    94.6

    -30.8

    -8.8

    10.8

    -10.0

    -9.9

    -8.0

    0.3

    0.3

    Of which: Oil sector

    105.1

    -34.0

    -10.1

    10.8

    -12.0

    -12.5

    -10.7

    -0.9

    -0.9

    Imports f.o.b.

    29.7

    21.4

    2.7

    12.0

    0.9

    3.0

    5.1

    6.5

    6.6

    Of which: Oil sector

    56.3

    12.2

    -6.9

    1.4

    1.5

    1.7

    2.1

    0.0

    0.0

    Real effective exchange rate

    11.8

    8.1

    -1.1

     

    (In percent of GDP, unless otherwise specified)

    Gross investment

    12.1

    18.3

    17.8

    18.3

    16.2

    14.6

    13.7

    13.7

    13.7

       Consolidated government

    8.0

    12.2

    11.3

    11.7

    10.0

    8.8

    8.1

    8.1

    8.1

       Private sector

    4.1

    6.1

    6.5

    6.7

    6.2

    5.8

    5.6

    5.6

    5.6

          Of which: Oil sector

    -6.3

    -0.3

    1.1

    1.3

    1.5

    1.6

    1.7

    1.6

    1.6

    Gross national savings

    42.1

    29.8

    25.7

    26.1

    20.4

    15.1

    11.3

    10.4

    9.6

    Consolidated general government finances 2/

                     

       Total revenue and grants

    32.1

    40.6

    37.1

    34.4

    32.8

    31.0

    29.8

    29.5

    29.2

       Total expenditure

    26.2

    32.7

    33.8

    35.6

    34.5

    33.4

    32.5

    31.7

    31.0

      Current expenditure

    18.2

    20.5

    22.5

    23.9

    24.4

    24.6

    24.4

    24.4

    24.0

      Net acquisition of non-financial assets

    8.0

    12.2

    11.3

    11.7

    10.0

    8.8

    8.1

    7.3

    7.0

       Overall fiscal balance

    6.0

    7.9

    3.2

    -1.3

    -1.7

    -2.4

    -2.8

    -2.1

    -1.8

       Non-oil primary balance, in percent of non-oil GDP

    -22.4

    -22.1

    -20.5

    -22.1

    -18.6

    -16.3

    -14.5

    -12.7

    -11.3

       General government debt 3/

    17.3

    21.8

    20.9

    21.0

    22.2

    22.7

    23.1

    23.8

    23.8

       General government and government-guaranteed debt

    26.9

    28.9

    27.6

    27.6

    28.6

    28.9

    29.1

    29.6

    29.4

    External sector

                     

       Current account (- deficit)

    29.8

    11.5

    7.8

    7.8

    4.1

    0.5

    -2.4

    -3.3

    -4.2

       Foreign direct investment (net)

    -6.5

    -2.9

    -0.7

    -0.4

    -0.2

    0.0

    0.2

    0.4

    0.5

    Memorandum items:

                     

       Gross official international reserves (in millions of U.S. dollars)

    8,996

    11,281

    10,960

    10,760

    10,560

    10,360

    10,160

    9,960

    9,760

    in months of next year’s non-oil imports f.o.b.

    5.4

    7.7

    6.6

    6.4

    6.1

    5.7

    5.3

    4.9

    4.6

       Nominal GDP (in millions of manat)

    133,973

    123,128

    126,337

    134,078

    139,182

    145,847

    153,556

    162,135

    171,522

       Nominal non-oil GDP (in millions of manat)

    69,764

    78,990

    85,712

    94,674

    102,595

    110,434

    118,825

    127,903

    137,675

       Nominal GDP (in millions of U.S. dollars)

    78,807

    72,429

    74,316

    78,870

    81,872

    85,792

    90,327

    95,373

    100,895

       Oil Fund Assets (in millions of U.S. dollars)

    49,034

    56,070

    60,031

    60,911

    61,797

    61,864

    61,594

    62,222

    62,949

       Assumed oil price, WEO plus $2-$3 premium (in U.S. dollars per barrel)

    98.4

    82.6

    81.2

    78.6

    73.5

    71.6

    70.6

    72.0

    73.4

       Assumed natural gas price, WEO plus a premium (in U.S. dollars per thousands of cubic meters)

    1340.0

    460.1

    389.0

    517.4

    424.7

    342.2

    290.2

    290.2

    290.2

       Exchange rate (manat/dollar, end of period)

    1.7

    1.7

    1.7

       Sources: National authorities; and IMF staff estimates and projections.

       1/ Includes the production and processing of oil and gas.

    2/ Consolidates State Budget, State Oil Fund of Azerbaijan (SOFAZ), Nakhchevan Autonomous Region (NAK) and State Social Protection Fund.

    3/ Starting in 2021, includes guarantees issued to Aqrakredit for its acquisition of distressed assets from the IBA.

    [1] Under Article IV of the IMF’s Articles of Agreement, the IMF holds bilateral discussions with members, usually every year. A staff team visits the country, collects economic and financial information, and discusses with officials the country’s economic developments and policies. On return to headquarters, the staff prepares a report, which forms the basis for discussion by the Executive Board.

    [2] At the conclusion of the discussion, the Managing Director, as Chairman of the Board, summarizes the views of Executive Directors, and this summary is transmitted to the country’s authorities. An explanation of any qualifiers used in summings up can be found here: http://www.IMF.org/external/np/sec/misc/qualifiers.htm.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Mayada Ghazala

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    https://www.imf.org/en/News/Articles/2025/04/22/pr-25118-azerbaijan-imf-concludes-2025-article-iv-consultation

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Padilla, Booker, Reed Introduce Bills to Permanently Protect the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans from Offshore Drilling

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator Alex Padilla (D-Calif.)

    Padilla, Booker, Reed Introduce Bills to Permanently Protect the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans from Offshore Drilling

    WASHINGTON, D.C. — On Earth Day, U.S. Senators Alex Padilla (D-Calif.), Cory Booker (D-N.J.), and Jack Reed (D-R.I.) announced a pair of bills to permanently protect the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans from the dangers of fossil fuel drilling. The package includes Padilla’s West Coast Ocean Protection Act, which would permanently prohibit new oil and gas leases for offshore drilling off the coast of California, Oregon, and Washington, as well as Booker and Reed’s Clean Ocean and Safe Tourism (COAST) Anti-Drilling Act, which would permanently prohibit the U.S. Department of the Interior from issuing leases for the exploration, development, or production of oil and gas in the North Atlantic, Mid-Atlantic, South Atlantic, and Straits of Florida Planning Areas of the U.S. Outer Continental Shelf.

    This legislation comes just after the 15th anniversary of the Deepwater Horizon oil spill, which resulted in the deaths of 11 workers, 134 million gallons spilled into the Gulf of Mexico over 87 days, the demise of thousands of marine mammals and sea turtles, and billions of dollars in economic losses from the fishing, outdoor recreation, and tourism industries.

    Representative Jared Huffman (D-Calif.-02), Ranking Member of the House Natural Resources Committee, and Frank Pallone, Jr. (D-N.J.-06), Ranking Member of the House Energy and Commerce Committee, are leading companion legislation in the House for the West Coast Ocean Protection Act and the Clean Ocean and Safe Tourism (COAST) Anti-Drilling Act, respectively.

    A one-pager on the West Coast Protection Act is available here.

    Full text of the West Coast Protection Act is available here, and full text of the COAST Anti-Drilling Act is available here.

    “We must end offshore oil drilling in coastal waters once and for all,” said Senator Padilla. “Over 50 years ago, after a catastrophic oil spill off the coast of Santa Barbara, Californians rose up and demanded environmental protections, spurring the modern environmental movement and creating the very first Earth Day. As the Trump Administration threatens to recklessly open our coasts to new drilling, California and the West Coast need permanent safeguards to protect our communities from the devastation of fossil fuels and disastrous oil spills. We must act now to fulfill the promises we made to our children and our constituents to meet the urgency of this environmental crisis with bold action.”

    “This week marks both Earth Day and the 15th anniversary of the Deepwater Horizon oil disaster,” said Senator Booker. “I’m standing alongside my colleagues in the House and Senate to reaffirm our commitment to protecting our communities and our environment. Offshore drilling endangers our coastal communities – both their lives and their livelihoods – and threatens marine species and ecosystems. The COAST Act, along with this critical package of legislation, will ensure that marine seascapes along the Atlantic and Pacific Coasts, and the wildlife, industries, and communities that rely on them, are protected from the dangers of fossil fuel drilling.”

    “Offshore drilling in the Atlantic Ocean would open up the eastern seaboard to considerable risk, and we have seen the destruction that an accident can cause. This legislation is about more than simply protecting the environment, it’s also about protecting the tourism and fishing industries that create jobs and help power Rhode Island’s economy,” said Senator Reed.

    “It’s clear that in the 15 years since the most catastrophic oil spill disaster in history, Republicans in the pocket of Big Oil have learned nothing. Offshore drilling poses significant threats to our public health, coastal economies, and marine life. The science is clear, and so is the public sentiment: we need to speed up our transition to a clean energy future, not lock ourselves into another generation of fossil fuel fealty,” said Representative Huffman. “We cannot let history repeat itself. My Democratic colleagues aren’t standing idly by as the Trump administration tries to reverse all of our progress so they can give handouts to Big Oil. Our legislation will cut pollution and ramp up clean energy, ensuring our coasts remain safe, clean, and open to all Americans— not turned into open season for fossil fuel billionaires looking to drill, spill, and cash in.” 

    “For decades, I’ve fought to protect our coasts from the dangers of oil and gas development, and this legislative package reaffirms that commitment. Offshore drilling risks devastating spills, accelerates climate change, and threatens the livelihoods of coastal communities like those in New Jersey. On Earth Day and every day, we must stand up to Big Oil and prioritize renewable energy that actually protects our planet,” said Representative Pallone.

    These bills reaffirm vital protections for America’s coastal communities and ecosystems. The Biden Administration protected more than 625 million acres of U.S. ocean waters — including the Pacific coasts of Washington, Oregon, and California, the entire East Coast, the eastern Gulf of Mexico, and parts of the Northern Bering Sea — from offshore oil and gas drilling. President Trump immediately tried to roll back those protections, attempting to illegally reopen those areas to drilling on day one of his second term. Trump’s record speaks for itself: during his first Administration, the Interior Department proposed a sweeping plan to open 47 offshore oil and gas lease areas across nearly every U.S. coastline, from California to New England.

    The two bills would protect critical coastal communities, economies, and ecosystems against offshore drilling, which is especially important in the face of the climate crisis. U.S. coastal counties support 54.6 million jobs, produce $10 trillion in goods and services, and pay $4 trillion in wages. Offshore drilling poses significant threats to public health, coastal economies, and diverse marine life that play an important economical, ecological, and cultural role in our ecosystem. 

    California began efforts to block offshore drilling in 1969 when an oil rig off the coast of Santa Barbara leaked 3 million gallons of crude oil into the ocean, blanketing beaches with a thick layer of oil and killing thousands of marine mammals and birds. It was the largest oil spill in U.S. history until the Exxon Valdez spill 20 years later. California is also approaching the 10th anniversary of the Refugio State Beach Oil Spill, in which a Plains All American Pipeline in Santa Barbara County ruptured and spilled hundreds of thousands of gallons of crude oil, marking the worst spill in the area since 1969 and impacting some of the most biologically diverse regions along California coast.

    After the 1969 Santa Barbara spill, California blocked all new offshore oil drilling in state waters, protecting our coastal waters up to three miles from the shore. The state reinforced that ban in 1994 by passing the California Coastal Sanctuary Act, which prohibited new leasing in state waters. However, in 2018, the Trump Administration released a five-year offshore leasing plan that proposed opening up the entire West Coast to new drilling despite widespread opposition in Pacific coast states. This proposal was blocked by the courts, but the threat of drilling remains until a permanent ban is enacted.

    The West Coast Protection Act is cosponsored by Senators Cory Booker (D-N.J.), Maria Cantwell (D-Wash.), Edward J. Markey (D-Mass.), Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), Patty Murray (D-Wash.), Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), Adam Schiff (D-Calif.), Sheldon Whitehouse (D-R.I.), and Ron Wyden (D-Ore.). It is endorsed by organizations including Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), Oceana, Defenders of Wildlife, Earthjustice, Surfrider Foundation, Seattle Aquarium, Turtle Island Restoration Network, Nassau Hiking & Outdoor Club, Lee (MA) Greener Gateway Committee, South Shore Audubon Society (Freeport, NY), Sierra Club, League of Conservation Voters, Futureswell, Ocean Conservancy, Environment America, WILDCOAST, Food & Water Watch, Environmental Protection Information Center, Ocean Defense Initiative, Center for Biological Diversity, The Ocean Project, Business Alliance to Protect the Pacific Coast, Animal Welfare Institute, Wild Cumberland, Climate Reality Project – North Broward and Palm Beach County Chapter, U.S. Climate Action Network, American Bird Conservancy, Surf Industry Members Association, Business Alliance for Protecting the Pacific Coast (BAPPC), Clean Ocean Action, and Hispanic Access Foundation.

    The COAST Anti-Drilling Act is cosponsored by Senator Padilla as well as Senators Richard Blumenthal (D-Conn.), Chris Coons (D-Del.), Angus King (I-Maine), Markey, Merkley, Sanders, Jeanne Shaheen (D-N.H.), Chris Van Hollen (D-Md.), Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.), Whitehouse, and Wyden. It is endorsed by organizations including Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), Oceana, Surfrider Foundation, Earthjustice, Turtle Island Restoration Network, Nassau Hiking & Outdoor Club, Lee (MA) Greener Gateway Committee, South Shore Audubon Society (Freeport, NY), Sierra Club, League of Conservation Voters, Futureswell, Ocean Conservancy, Environment America, Food & Water Watch, Waterspirit, Business Alliance to Protect the Atlantic, Clean Ocean Action, Jersey Coast Anglers Association (NJ), American Littoral Society, Save Coastal Wildlife, Environmental Protection Information Center, Defenders of Wildlife, Ocean Defense Initiative, Center for Biological Diversity, The Ocean Project, North Carolina Coastal Federation, Animal Welfare Institute, Wild Cumberland, Climate Reality Project – North Broward and Palm Beach County Chapter, U.S. Climate Action Network, National Aquarium, American Bird Conservancy, and Hispanic Access Foundation.

    “It’s time to end the threat of expanded drilling off America’s coasts forever,” said Joseph Gordon, Oceana Campaign Director. “Oceana applauds these Congressional leaders for reintroducing pivotal legislation that would establish permanent protections from offshore oil and gas drilling for millions of acres of ocean. Earth Day is an important reminder that every coastal community deserves healthy oceans and oil-free beaches. This bill is part of a national movement to safeguard our multi-billion-dollar coastal economies from dirty and dangerous offshore drilling. Congress must swiftly pass these bills into law and reject any expansion of drilling to protect our coasts.”

    “Protecting these waters puts coastal communities and wildlife above polluters and brings us closer to a world where our waters are free from oil spills, endangered whale populations are free from seismic blasting, and local economies can thrive,” said Taryn Kiekow Heimer, Director of Ocean Energy at NRDC (Natural Resources Defense Council). “Now more than ever, we need leadership from Congress to protect our oceans from an industry that only cares about its bottom line – and a Trump administration willing to do anything to give those oil billionaires what they want.”

    “The Trump administration’s path of so-called ‘energy dominance’ is paved with threats to American coasts,” said Sierra Weaver, senior attorney for Defenders of Wildlife. “This set of bills offers real protections for coastal communities and wildlife against unwanted, unreasonable and unsafe offshore oil drilling. This is just the type of bold action we need on the 15th anniversary of the Deepwater Horizon oil spill, the worst environmental disaster in U.S. history.”

    “Imperiled species like Southern resident orcas and sea otters need clean, healthy ocean habitats to thrive. New offshore drilling would bring habitat destruction, noise pollution and the threat of spills and chronic contamination to those species and their homes,” said Joseph Vaile, Northwest Program senior representative for Defenders of Wildlife. “This legislation is a critical step toward permanently safeguarding marine mammals and coastal communities from irreversible harm. We thank Senator Padilla for championing the West Coast Ocean Protection Act at a time when the threat of offshore drilling is especially urgent.”

    “California’s spectacular marine life — including complex kelp forests and charismatic sea otters — and vibrant coastal economies rely on healthy ecosystems. This legislation could, once and for all, block offshore drilling activities along the continental shelf, and protect critical marine habitats along California’s iconic Pacific Coast,” said Pamela Flick, Defenders of Wildlife California Program Director.

    “These bills will permanently protect our coastal communities from the threats of offshore drilling. Oil spills like the one caused by the deadly BP drilling disaster 15 years ago are dangerous to people’s health and our public waters. The economic vitality of entire regions depend on oceans staying healthy,” said Earthjustice Senior Legislative Representative Laura M. Esquivel. “We applaud these Members of Congress for doing what’s right on behalf of their constituents.” 

    “These important bills will protect our environment, communities, and economy from the harmful effects of offshore oil and gas development. Offshore drilling is a dirty and damaging practice that threatens our nation’s ocean recreation, tourism, and fisheries industries valued at $250 billion annually. The Surfrider Foundation urges members of Congress to support this important legislation to prohibit new offshore drilling in U.S. waters,” said Pete Stauffer, Ocean Protection Manager, Surfrider Foundation.

    “These bills are critical, especially now. Protecting our environment and frontline communities from the dangers of offshore oil and gas development must be a top priority in the face of the escalating climate and biodiversity crises,” said Elizabeth Purcell, Environmental Policy Coordinator with Turtle Island Restoration Network. “Congress must act swiftly and support these bills to protect our oceans from further exploitation by the oil and gas industry, ensuring a healthy and safe planet for all.”

    “We are the generation that will live with the consequences of today’s energy choices. As young ocean advocates, we want to leave a better legacy for ocean health behind us than what has been left for us,” said Mark Haver, North America Regional Representative with Sustainable Ocean Alliance. “Congress has a moral responsibility to prevent new offshore oil and gas drilling leases. We will be counting on Congress to act on behalf of our ocean and future generations.”

    “Our coasts are a source of life, livelihood, and recreation for coastal communities and the millions of visitors they see every year,” said Athan Manuel, Director of the Sierra Club’s Lands Protection Program. “They also support untold diverse wildlife and ecosystems that are put at risk by exploitation from the oil and gas industry. These bills provide much-needed critical protections for the health of our coastal communities and to ensure that future generations will get to enjoy the wonders of our oceans and beaches.”

    “It has been clear for years that we cannot afford to expand fossil fuel extraction and burning if we want any hope of staving off the ever worsening effects of climate change,” said Mitch Jones, Managing Director of Policy and Litigation at Food & Water Watch. “In addition to the threat of worsening climate chaos, offshore drilling directly endangers local environments, wildlife, and economies due to the threats of oil spills and disruptions to aquatic life. We urge Congress to pass these bills to protect our coastlines and our oceans from Trump’s disastrous push for more drilling.”

    “Water is the pulse of our planet, the sacred thread that connects all life. We all have a responsibility to protect the very essence that sustains us,” said Rachel Dawn Davis, Public Policy & Justice Organizer at Waterspirit. “The threat of exploitation-whether through drilling or pollution-puts ecosystems and future generations at risk. We must continue to honor and defend our waters; in preserving them, we preserve life itself.”

    “Our oceans provide forever benefits in so many ways for both local communities and whole nations. We thoroughly support the bipartisan protections put forward in these Bills, which would position the United States to lead the world and reap huge benefits for tourism, energy security, health and local jobs, not to mention the beautiful wildlife that drives billions of dollars of tourism and other benefits,” said Global Rewilding Alliance.

    “A clean ocean is crucial for the conservation of marine biodiversity,” said Jenna Reynolds, Executive Director of Save Coastal Wildlife. “A polluted ocean poses significant risks to marine wildlife, including increased vessel traffic around oil platforms, which can lead to collisions with marine animals, especially sea turtles and juvenile whales which are difficult to see from moving vessels. Oil spills can directly coat and kill marine animals, including seabirds, sea turtles, marine mammals, and can also damage coastal ecosystems like beaches and coastal wetlands, impacting wildlife and people that rely on these areas. We need to bring back and fully protect biodiversity in our ocean!”

    “We must work toward a future where our coastal communities, economies, and marine life can thrive thanks to a healthy ocean. As the Trump Administration seeks to threaten our favorite beaches and ecosystems with new offshore drilling, it’s more important than ever for ocean champions in Congress to advance ocean protections,” said Sarah Guy, Ocean Defense Initiative. “We are grateful for the leadership of members supporting these bills, and commit to working toward a future where all our coasts are protected from the harms of offshore drilling.”

    “We believe our coasts are far too valuable to risk for short-term fossil fuel gains,” said Katie Thompson, Executive Director of Save Our Shores. “Permanently protecting offshore areas from oil and gas leasing is a critical step toward safeguarding marine ecosystems, coastal communities, and our climate future. These bills reflect the will of the people to prioritize ocean health and long-term sustainability over polluting industries of the past.”

    “This suite of legislation is a critical move to safeguard our marine resources against Trump and his Big Oil agenda,” said Rachel Rilee, oceans policy specialist at the Center for Biological Diversity. “It’s been 15 years since the Deepwater Horizon oil disaster devastated coastlines and killed hundreds of thousands of marine animals. Our oceans and the incredible ecosystems they support are counting on us. Congress must pass these bills and then get right back to work protecting marine life and coastal communities from every manmade danger and every Republican attack.”

    “Americans love our coasts. For some of us, they’re home, and for many others, they’re home to wonderful memories, including family vacations at the beach, fishing trips with friends, and encounters with wildlife like sea turtles, dolphins, and whales. But oil spills can destroy all of that. It’s simply not worth the risk. We must not squander our children’s inheritance,” said Bill Mott, Executive Director of The Ocean Project. “The ocean offers endless inspiration, recreational opportunities, and serves as a critically important economic driver. Yet despite its vastness, it is incredibly vulnerable. As we’ve seen too many times before, offshore oil and gas drilling is not compatible with stewarding our ocean. We all share a responsibility to keep our coasts clean and our ocean healthy for future generations. That’s why we urge Congress to act now to prohibit new offshore oil and gas development forever.”

    “AWI commends these Congressional leaders for taking bold action to protect our oceans and coasts from dirty, dangerous oil and gas development along the outer continental shelf,” said Georgia Hancock, Senior Attorney and Director of the Animal Welfare Institute’s marine wildlife program. “Fifteen years after the Deepwater Horizon disaster, it remains painfully clear: there is no such thing as safe offshore oil drilling, nor is there any way to fully clean up a significant oil spill. Keeping oil rigs out of the ocean prevents unnecessary harm to sensitive marine animals like sea turtles, whales, and seabirds, and avoids the massive costs associated with environmental remediation when things go wrong. These bills draw a clear line in the sand: our marine ecosystems are too precious to risk.”

    “The Pacific west coast economy provides over $80 Billion in GDP via industries like tourism, outdoor recreation, fishing, retail, and real estate, supporting more than 825,000 jobs. And BAPPC’s 8,100 business members rely on a clean ocean to drive their revenues and provide for their customers, employees and families. We strongly support the West Coast Protection Act and other legislation to prohibit new offshore drilling and protect our businesses by prioritizing a healthy coastal ecosystem,” said Grant Bixby, Founding Member, The Business Alliance for Protecting the Pacific Coast.

    “The impact of offshore oil drilling on marine life is well-documented, from toxic discharges of drilling mud and fracking chemicals, to chronic oil spills, to the effects of a major well blow-out as has occurred many times in the history of offshore oil drilling. It is time we stopped burning fossil fuels and switch to non-polluting sources such as wind, solar, and other green energy sources. Industrializing our oceans is the last thing we should be doing,” said the International Marine Mammal Project, Earth Island Institute.

    “The oceans and coasts are the lifeblood of the US economy. They deserve not only protection but increased investment and stewardship. Anyone that threatens the coasts puts the entire US economy at risk,” said the Center for the Blue Economy.

    “We strongly support these bills to protect our vital coastal ecosystems and ocean health, which are increasingly threatened by the climate crisis. Offshore oil and gas leasing not only poses a direct risk of pollution to our waters and endangers marine life, but also contributes to climate change by perpetuating our reliance on fossil fuels. We urge swift passage of these protections to safeguard coastal communities, their economies, and a livable future for all,” said the U.S. Climate Action Network.

    “Offshore oil and gas drilling threatens coastal communities and endangers whales, sea turtles and other wildlife that Americans treasure,” said National Aquarium President and CEO John Racanelli. “On Earth Day and every day, all of us – people and wildlife – rely on a healthy ocean for our very survival. The science is clear that moving from dependence on fossil fuels towards clean energy sources safeguards marine ecosystems and protects public health. Legislation that places sensible limits on new oil and gas development along our shores is just smart public policy.”

    “President Biden’s recent permanent ban on offshore drilling in most ocean realms of the US is strong and cause for celebration! That said, codifying this long-overdue protection with acts of Congress is needed to add bulwark against attempts to override the ban as well as provide proof of bipartisan support for the ocean. The reason is simple: a healthy ocean sustains all life on earth and is essential to a vibrant clean ocean economy,” said Cindy Zipf, Executive Director of Clean Ocean Action.

    “Last year President Biden issued an executive action to protect more than 625 million acres of federal waters from fossil fuel development, a historic and bold decision to defend coastal communities, public health, and ecosystems. Azul’s 2024 nationwide poll found that Latinos across political ideologies support action to ban offshore drilling and are even willing to pay more out of pocket to make it happen. We applaud the leadership of members of Congress seeking to codify protections for coastal waters against offshore drilling, and these added protections are needed to defend against threats to undo existing protections against offshore drilling,” said Marce Gutiérrez-Graudins, Founder of Azul.

    “Protecting our oceans is a matter of safeguarding our health, our economy, and our future. Proposals to reduce existing ocean protections and expand offshore drilling raise serious concerns for coastal communities, marine ecosystems, and millions of livelihoods,” said Maite Arce, President and CEO of Hispanic Access Foundation. “Latino communities, many of whom live along our coasts and rely on clean water and healthy marine environments for recreation, jobs, and cultural connection, are uniquely impacted. We support efforts that uphold strong protections and ensure our public lands and waters remain preserved for future generations. Now is the time for bold, bipartisan leadership that centers communities and protects the ocean legacy we all share.”

    “The New Jersey Environmental Lobby unequivocally supports all of the bills,” said Anne Poole, President of the NJ Environment Lobby. “Our organization’s primary focus is State legislation and policies that affect our densely populated coastal state, but oceans know no national or state boundaries.  The oceans are connected and impact all life on this globe.  What affects one coast eventually affects us all. Thank you to all of these ocean champions for their foresight and political courage!”

    In 2021, Senator Padilla joined West Coast Senators in calling on Senate leadership to include the West Coast Ocean Protection Act in the Senate version of the budget reconciliation bill after an estimated 126,000 gallons of oil spilled off the coast of California.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: AG Labrador Joins Letter Demanding the Nation’s Leading Companies to Abandon DEI Initiatives

    Source: US State of Idaho

    Home Newsroom AG Labrador Joins Letter Demanding the Nation’s Leading Companies to Abandon DEI Initiatives

    BOISE — Attorney General Raúl Labrador has joined a letter with 14 other attorneys general urging the Business Roundtable, an association of the nation’s leading companies, to abandon their unlawful and misguided DEI initiative. Many of the Roundtable’s members have replaced free-market principles with costly and divisive DEI policies against the guidance of the Supreme Court. 
    The attorneys general argue that the Business Roundtable should prioritize its stated mission of fostering economic growth, job creation, and shareholder returns—not implementing racial quotas and mandatory ideological training. The letter criticizes the group’s shift away from merit-based hiring and warns that such practices are “not only unworkable but also often illegal.”
    “Corporations have an obligation to focus on creating value for their shareholders,” said Attorney General Labrador. “When that duty is replaced with race-based hiring and DEI mandates, it raises serious legal concerns under state and federal law. These companies should return to merit-based practices and sound business judgment. The American people want a return to fairness—where individuals are judged by their abilities, not their immutable characteristics.”
    The letter highlights that members of the Business Roundtable are beginning to recognize that the tide is turning and that these policies are a mistake. A corporation’s true purpose should be to prioritize shareholders and hire based on merit rather than protected characteristics.
    The letter concludes by saying, “It’s time for the Business Roundtable to abandon its redefinition and rededicate itself to merit-based hiring, which supports the actual purpose of a corporation and complies with employment laws. The Business Roundtable’s member CEOs should immediately abandon quotas, targets, racial preferences, and other discriminatory DEI practices. Or face the potential of legal action by state attorneys general.” 
    Attorneys general from Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Mississippi, Montana, North Dakota, Ohio, South Carolina, and South Dakota signed the Missouri–led letter.
    Read more from the Idaho Dispatch here.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: BAPM Grad Students Take First-Place in InsurTech NY Case Competition

    Source: US State of Connecticut

    A UConn Business Analytics and Project Management (MSBAPM) team brought home the first-place award in the inaugural InsurTech NY Student Case Competition earlier this month, outshining ‘brilliant minds and razor-sharp pitches.’

    “All the teams were incredible,’’ said Elia Cocoli who represented UConn with friend and classmate Rehaan Ahamed. Both graduate students will earn their degrees in May. “I think we won because of our delivery. We were comfortable with our presentation, brought a great deal of energy, and felt very relaxed on the stage,’’ she said.

    Ahamed agreed.

    “We tried to make our presentation relatable and engaging. We made sure everything on our slides was relevant. It was more of a conversation than a presentation, and we were determined to enjoy ourselves, win or lose,’’ he said.

    Task Involved Disrupting Insurance Fraud

    The team was tasked with reducing fraud in the insurance industry. Cocoli and Ahamed suggested a series of application that could address fraud, and proposed a cross-industry data base, aided by artificial intelligence, that would help identify and flag serial fraudsters.

    The successful UConn team competed against other graduate students from Florida State University, the University of Iowa, and St. Joseph’s University. The event was judged by insurance professionals and the UConn students will share a $2,500 scholarship.

    In order to enter the InsurTech NY competition, Cocoli and Ahamed first competed against other UConn teams. Because they had completed many presentations together, they were comfortable as a team and knew each other’s strengths.

    “We practiced a lot and that was a gamechanger,’’ Cocoli said. “The best takeaway for me was the confidence boost. This is the first time I’ve spoken in front of a large audience. It was such a positive experience. I realized that I can do this.’’

    “Opportunities like this require our students to apply their learnings in a real-world way, gain important leadership skills, and showcase the talent we have at UConn,’’ said Laurissa Berk, director of Global and Experiential Education, who organized the pre-competition. “The students came in with a phenomenal idea based on their knowledge of industry and we are so proud they came out with the win!’’

    UConn Is a Sought-After Competitor

    Professor John Wilson, the academic director for the FinTech program, advised the team. He has also been instrumental in creating the InsurTech NY event and said he hopes the case competition will grow into a national event.

    “We have had extensive talks with the University of Iowa and, because of UConn’s continual visibility at industry conferences, we have more and more universities and companies seeking to partner with us,’’ Wilson said. “It is typically the very best students who participate in competitions like this, and UConn continues to establish itself as a program of excellence.’’

    Both Competition Winners Seeking Jobs With Impact

    Cocoli, who earned her bachelors in business analytics at UConn and then enrolled in the accelerated MSBAPM graduate program, is interviewing with a prominent company. She said her UConn education has been outstanding.

    “In my Generative AI class, professor Jing Peng is teaching us things that aren’t even known to the public yet. We are learning things before many experts in the industry. Everything is very new, very fresh,’’ she said. “I have developed a great network and connections. There are so many opportunities now for people with business analytics expertise.’’

    Ahamed, who earned both his bachelor’s degree and MBA in India, said he is looking to work for a company that is invested in transformative progress.

    “My career goals center around creating impact and positive change, whether for an organization or a customer. That’s what motivates me,’’ he said.

    Ahamed said he and Cocoli decided to enter the competition on the last day of eligibility and he’s glad they did. “I was the optimist and she was the realist. We balanced each other out,’’ he said. “We are grateful for the experience, and that we could represent UConn and bring home the championship.’’

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: NANO Nuclear and University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Receive Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Fuel Qualification Methodology Approval for KRONOS MMR™ Energy System

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Safety Evaluation Issued by NRC Confirms Regulatory Acceptance of Fuel Qualification Methodology, Paving the Way for Eventual KRONOS Microreactor Deployment at University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign

    New York, N.Y., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — NANO Nuclear Energy Inc. (NASDAQ: NNE) (“NANO Nuclear” or “the Company”), a leading advanced nuclear energy and technology company focused on developing clean energy solutions, is pleased to announce that the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) has issued its final Safety Evaluation (SE) approving the Fuel Qualification Methodology Topical Report (FQM TR) for the advanced fuel design to be used in the NANO Nuclear’s stationary KRONOS MMR™ Energy System.

    This important regulatory milestone marks the successful culmination of a rigorous review process and represents a major step toward deployment of the KRONOS reactor prototype at the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign (U. of I.). The approved Fuel Qualification Methodology defines the regulatory framework and testing approach for the qualification of Fully Ceramic Microencapsulated (FCM®) fuel, which incorporates tri-structural isotropic (TRISO) fuel particles embedded in a silicon carbide matrix. With this latest regulatory breakthrough, NANO Nuclear is now positioned to submit its Construction Permit Application for the KRONOS reactor, with fuel qualification rapidly progressing. NANO Nuclear is advancing its vision to become a leader in small, clean energy technologies that address global energy security and decarbonization goals.

    Figure 1 – NANO Nuclear and University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Receive Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Fuel Qualification Methodology Approval for KRONOS MMR Energy System

    “This is a major victory for advanced nuclear energy and a transformative moment for NANO Nuclear, bringing us closer to turning the promise of KRONOS into a working reality at U. of I.,” said James Walker, Chief Executive Officer of NANO Nuclear. “With the NRC’s final approval of the FQM Topical Report, we now have the regulatory green light to move forward with the Construction Permit (CP) application for the prototype KRONOS. We thank the NRC for their thorough review. This milestone is a critical enabler for our entire reactor program and affirms the strength of our fuel strategy. The nuclear energy future is coming—and NANO Nuclear is at the center of it.”

    “Fuel is one of the biggest sources of uncertainty in any advanced nuclear project,” Illinois Grainger Engineering Associate Professor Caleb Brooks, Head of the Microreactor Demonstration Program at U. of I. “This favorable regulatory outcome represents a significant reduction in that uncertainty for our project, and the SE establishes a common language between us and the regulator on how the fuel will be shown, with high assurance, to be safe and effective.”

    The FQM TR had previously undergone joint review by the NRC and the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission (CNSC), with initial participation from the UK’s Office for Nuclear Regulation (ONR) as an observer. NANO Nuclear believes that final approval of the FQM TR by the NRC demonstrates confidence in the methodology’s scientific soundness and regulatory compliance, offering a repeatable pathway for advanced fuel qualification applicable to NANO Nuclear reactors.

    “With this regulatory foundation in place, we are prepared to execute,” said Dr. Florent Heidet, Chief Technology Officer and Head of Reactor Development of NANO Nuclear. “Our next steps include finalizing fuel fabrication timelines, preparing and submitting the construction permit this year, and completing early-stage site work at U. of I., including geotechnical drilling and environmental assessments. We will keep accelerating until the reactor is operating.”

    Figure 2 – Rendering of the KRONOS MMR Energy System

    The KRONOS MMR Energy System would be the first advanced microreactor built and operated on a U.S. university campus and will serve as a national platform for research, training, and demonstration. It would also become a centerpiece of U. of I.’s energy innovation initiatives, providing the university with clean, resilient energy while training the next generation of nuclear professionals.

    “NANO Nuclear is doing what others are still planning—we are executing,” said Jay Yu, Founder and Chairman of NANO Nuclear Energy. “The NRC’s approval of the FQM TR is more than a regulatory milestone; it’s a launchpad for reliable, deployable, and efficient nuclear power in the U.S. and beyond.”

    About The Grainger College of Engineering at U. of I.

    The Grainger College of Engineering at the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign is one of the world’s top-ranked engineering institutions, and a globally recognized leader in engineering education, research and public engagement. With a diverse, tight-knit community of faculty, students and alumni, Grainger Engineering sets the standard for excellence in engineering, driving innovation in the economy and bringing revolutionary ideas to the world. Through robust research and discovery, our faculty, staff, students and alumni are changing our world and making advances once only dreamed about, including the MRI, LED, ILIAC, Mosaic, YouTube, flexible electronics, electric machinery, miniature batteries, imaging the black hole and flight on Mars. The world’s brightest minds from The Grainger College of Engineering tackle today’s toughest challenges. And they are building a better, cooler, safer tomorrow.

    Visit https://grainger.illinois.edu for more information.

    About NANO Nuclear Energy, Inc.

    NANO Nuclear Energy Inc. (NASDAQ: NNE) is an advanced technology-driven nuclear energy company seeking to become a commercially focused, diversified, and vertically integrated company across five business lines: (i) cutting edge portable and other microreactor technologies, (ii) nuclear fuel fabrication, (iii) nuclear fuel transportation, (iv) nuclear applications for space and (v) nuclear industry consulting services. NANO Nuclear believes it is the first portable nuclear microreactor company to be listed publicly in the U.S.

    Led by a world-class nuclear engineering team, NANO Nuclear’s reactor products in development include patented KRONOS MMREnergy System, a stationary high-temperature gas-cooled reactor that is in construction permit pre-application engagement U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) in collaboration with University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign (U. of I.), “ZEUS”, a solid core battery reactor, and “ODIN”, a low-pressure coolant reactor, and the space focused, portable LOKI MMR, each representing advanced developments in clean energy solutions that are portable, on-demand capable, advanced nuclear microreactors.

    Advanced Fuel Transportation Inc. (AFT), a NANO Nuclear subsidiary, is led by former executives from the largest transportation company in the world aiming to build a North American transportation company that will provide commercial quantities of HALEU fuel to small modular reactors, microreactor companies, national laboratories, military, and DOE programs. Through NANO Nuclear, AFT is the exclusive licensee of a patented high-capacity HALEU fuel transportation basket developed by three major U.S. national nuclear laboratories and funded by the Department of Energy. Assuming development and commercialization, AFT is expected to form part of the only vertically integrated nuclear fuel business of its kind in North America.

    HALEU Energy Fuel Inc. (HEF), a NANO Nuclear subsidiary, is focusing on the future development of a domestic source for a High-Assay, Low-Enriched Uranium (HALEU) fuel fabrication pipeline for NANO Nuclear’s own microreactors as well as the broader advanced nuclear reactor industry.

    NANO Nuclear Space Inc. (NNS), a NANO Nuclear subsidiary, is exploring the potential commercial applications of NANO Nuclear’s developing micronuclear reactor technology in space. NNS is focusing on applications such as the LOKI MMR system and other power systems for extraterrestrial projects and human sustaining environments, and potentially propulsion technology for long haul space missions. NNS’ initial focus will be on cis-lunar applications, referring to uses in the space region extending from Earth to the area surrounding the Moon’s surface.

    For more corporate information please visit: https://NanoNuclearEnergy.com/

    For further NANO Nuclear information, please contact:

    Email: IR@NANONuclearEnergy.com
    Business Tel: (212) 634-9206

    PLEASE FOLLOW OUR SOCIAL MEDIA PAGES HERE:

    NANO Nuclear Energy LINKEDIN
    NANO Nuclear Energy YOUTUBE
    NANO Nuclear Energy X PLATFORM

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

    This news release and statements of NANO Nuclear’s management in connection with this news release contain or may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In this context, forward-looking statements mean statements related to future events, which may impact our expected future business and financial performance, and often contain words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “potential”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “would” or “may” and other words of similar meaning. In this press release, forward-looking statement relate to the NANO Nuclear’s development, demonstration, licensing and commercial plans for the KRONIS MMR, each as described herein. These and other forward-looking statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this news release and represent management’s current views and assumptions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, events or results and involve significant known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may be beyond our control. For NANO Nuclear, particular risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual future results to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements include but are not limited to the following: (i) risks related to our U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) or related state or non-U.S. nuclear fuel licensing submissions, (ii) risks related the development of new or advanced technology and the acquisition of complimentary technology or businesses, including difficulties with design and testing, cost overruns, regulatory delays, integration issues and the development of competitive technology, (iii) our ability to obtain contracts and funding to be able to continue operations, (iv) risks related to uncertainty regarding our ability to technologically develop and commercially deploy a competitive advanced nuclear reactor or other technology in the timelines we anticipate, if ever, (v) risks related to the impact of U.S. and non-U.S. government regulation, policies and licensing requirements, including by the DOE, the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission (CNSC) and the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), and (vi) similar risks and uncertainties associated with the operating an early stage business a highly regulated and rapidly evolving industry. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this news release. These factors may not constitute all factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in any forward-looking statement, and NANO Nuclear therefore encourages investors to review other factors that may affect future results in its filings with the SEC, which are available for review at www.sec.gov and at https://ir.nanonuclearenergy.com/financial-information/sec-filings. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a predictor of actual results. We do not undertake to update our forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that may arise after the date of this news release, except as required by law.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Security: Louisiana Bounty Hunter Sentenced for Missouri Kidnapping

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    ST. LOUIS – U.S. District Judge Matthew T. Schelp on Tuesday sentenced a bounty hunter from Louisiana to the three years he’s spent behind bars for removing a woman from a St. Peters, Missouri home and taking her across state lines against her will.

    Wayne D. Lozier Jr., 46, of the New Orleans area, has been in custody since March 31, 2022.

    Lozier was originally convicted by a jury in 2023 of one count of kidnapping and one count of conspiracy to commit kidnapping. Lozier’s conviction was overturned by the 8th U.S. Court of Appeals because of an issue with a jury instruction. Lozier then pleaded guilty in March, prior to a re-trial, to the same charges. He admitted entering a private residence without first notifying local law enforcement, transporting the victim without her consent and refusing the instructions of a St. Peters Police Department officer to either return the victim or transport her to the nearest law enforcement agency. He also admitted that neither he nor his partner, Jody L. Sullivan, were licensed by the Missouri Department of Commerce and Insurance to operate as surety recovery agents within Missouri.

    Lozier and Sullivan had driven from Louisiana to where the victim was staying at the home of a friend in St. Peters, Missouri. They were attempting to return with the victim to St. Tammany Parish, where she had an arrest warrant for four misdemeanor offenses.

    On May 9, 2019, Lozier handcuffed the victim and he and Sullivan took her away in their SUV. The homeowner contacted police. St. Peters Police Officer Jeffrey Atkins told Lozier on the phone that he was breaking the law and needed to return the victim, but Lozier refused to do so.

    When the victim sought help from clerks at a gas station in Sullivan, Missouri, Lozier shocked the victim multiple times with a Taser and pulled her hair. He and Sullivan then dragged the victim out of the store by the chain that connected her handcuffs and leg. Lozier continued to refuse Officer Atkins’ instructions to return the victim to Missouri. But he did not bring her to Louisiana, instead dropping her off at a detention facility in Mississippi.

    Sullivan, 57, of the New Orleans area, pleaded guilty Sept. 18, 2023, to the conspiracy and kidnapping charges and admitted unlawfully seizing the woman and transporting her across state lines. She was sentenced to five years of probation.

    The FBI and the St. Peters Police Department investigated the case. Assistant U.S. Attorneys Matthew Martin and Donald Boyce prosecuted the case.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Global: Severance: what the hit show can teach us about cyber security and human risk

    Source: The Conversation – UK – By Oli Buckley, Professor in Cyber Security, Loughborough University

    What if your work self didn’t know about your personal life, and your home self had no idea what you did for a living? In Apple TV’s Severance, that’s exactly the deal: a surgical procedure splits the memories of employees into “innies” (who only exist at work) and “outies” (who never recall what they do from nine to five).

    On the surface, it sounds like an ideal solution to a growing cyber security problem of insider threats, such as leaks or sabotage by employees. After all, if an employee can’t remember what they accessed at work, how can they leak it, sabotage it, or sell it?

    As someone who has researched insider threats for the last decade I can’t help but see Severance as a cautionary tale of what happens when we try to eliminate threats without understanding people.

    The threat from within

    Insider threats really hit prominence in the wake of high-profile incidents like Chelsea Manning and Edward Snowden, who both leaked top secret government information. These threats are one of the most persistent challenges in security because unlike “traditional” hackers, insiders already have access to sensitive systems and information.

    They might act maliciously, stealing trade secrets or exposing data, or accidentally, through phishing links or lost devices. Either way, the consequences can be more serious because of the unprecedented levels of access someone has while working within an organisation.

    While we often think of the high-profile cases in the first instance, the reality of most insider incidents is far less dramatic. Think of the disgruntled employee who downloads a client database before leaving, or the well-meaning staff member who shares a sensitive file via the wrong link.

    In fact, one of the most iconic examples of an insider threat in fiction is Jurassic Park. The entire catastrophe begins, not with a dinosaur, but with a software engineer, Dennis Nedry, who disables the park’s security in an attempt to steal trade secrets. It’s a reminder that even the most sophisticated systems can be undone by a single rogue employee.

    Organisations try to manage this through access controls, behaviour monitoring and training. But people are unpredictable. Insider threats sit at the messy intersection of human behaviour, organisational culture and digital systems.

    This is where Severance strikes a chord. What if you could eliminate the human risk altogether, by turning employees into separate, tightly compartmentalised selves? In the show, workers at the shadowy Lumon Corporation have no memory of their job outside the office and vice versa.

    In a sense, it’s the ultimate form of “need to know.” An “innie” can’t tell anyone what they do because they don’t know anything beyond their desk. It’s a very elegant, although ethically problematic, solution for someone working in security. However, as the series unfolds, it becomes clear that the levels of control on offer through the process of severance come with a terrible cost.

    The problem with control

    The innies in Severance are trapped in an endless workday, unable to understand the meaning or value of their tasks. They form bonds, question authority and ultimately rebel. Ironically, it is the severed employees, the ones who are most closely controlled in the company, who become the greatest insider threat to Lumon.

    This mirrors something we know from real organisations: excessive surveillance, control and secrecy often backfires. For instance, Amazon has faced repeated criticism over its use of tracking technologies to monitor warehouse workers’ movements and productivity, with reports suggesting this has contributed to high stress, burnout and even rule-breaking as workers try to “game” the system.

    A 2022 study published in Harvard Business Review found that employees who feel overly monitored are significantly more likely to break rules or engage in counterproductive behaviour – undermining the very goals of workplace surveillance. If people feel undervalued or mistreated, they’re more likely to become disengaged or actively hostile. Security systems that ignore culture and trust are therefore often brittle.

    What Severance gets right is that insider threats are emotional and ethical problems as much as technical ones. They stem from how people feel about their role, their autonomy and their identity within a system. This is something that we can’t simply patch within a piece of software.

    Lessons from fiction

    Thankfully, no company in the real world is proposing surgical memory separation, at least not yet. But in an age of algorithmic management, increasing surveillance, and growing concerns about privacy, Severance resonates. It forces us to ask just how far should we go in the name of security?

    The answer isn’t to separate people from their work, but to build systems that are secure and respectful of the people within them; something increasingly backed by research.

    That means better design, clearer boundaries and a workplace culture that values openness, not just compliance. For example, implementing clear expectations around work hours and communication norms can help prevent burnout and promote wellbeing.

    Encouraging open communication channels, such as anonymous feedback systems, empowers employees to voice concerns without fear, fostering a culture of trust. Additionally, designing physical workspaces that promote collaboration, like open-plan areas and communal lounges, can enhance team cohesion and reflect organisational values.

    If we follow the example set by Lumon and try to remove all risk then we lose something far more essential – the humanity at the centre of our systems and organisations. Ultimately, removing that human focus could be the most significant vulnerability of all.

    Oli Buckley receives funding from Jason R.C. Nurse receives funding from The Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) and Responsible AI UK.

    ref. Severance: what the hit show can teach us about cyber security and human risk – https://theconversation.com/severance-what-the-hit-show-can-teach-us-about-cyber-security-and-human-risk-255024

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Global: Do cats make good therapy animals? The new trend showing felines may be more complicated than we realise

    Source: The Conversation – UK – By Grace Carroll, Lecturer in Animal Behaviour and Welfare, School of Psychology, Queen’s University Belfast

    larisa Stefanjuk/Shutterstock

    Dogs are sociable, enthusiastic and widely used to comfort people in settings like hospitals, schools and care homes. But an increasingly popular alternative is emerging: therapy cats.

    The term is often used loosely in the media and inconsistently within the scientific community. But in its strictest sense, animal-assisted therapy is a structured activity delivered by health professionals with clinical goals.

    Most cats involved in this kind of work are part of broader animal-assisted services. For simplicity, we will stick with “therapy cat” throughout this article.

    Therapy cats are used to alleviate loneliness and stress. They are used in prisons, schools, hospices, care homes and hospitals and are recommended for people who are afraid of dogs or might struggle to interact with large animals like horses.

    Therapy cats are becoming increasingly popular.
    Monkey Business Images/Shutterstock

    The environments therapy cats are often taken into, such as nursing homes or schools, can be noisy, unpredictable, and filled with unfamiliar people and surroundings. These are precisely the kinds of settings that can unsettle a typical cat.

    Cats usually prefer predictability and stable surroundings. Similar to their wildcat ancestors, domestic cats prioritise territorial security over social bonds with people or other cats. C

    ats rely on scent to navigate and feel secure in their surroundings. The F3 pheromone helps them mark areas as “safe” or “known”, creating a kind of olfactory map of their home range.

    Yet recent social media trends suggest a shift in our understanding. Increasingly, we see cats travelling alongside their owners in a campervan, via plane or even on motorbikes. These cats appear to tolerate, and sometimes even thrive, in environments animal behaviour experts once assumed were too stressful for them. So, what makes these cats different?

    Some cats can benefit from the presence of a trusted human in unfamiliar or potentially stressful environments. In a 2021 study, animal behaviour researcher Alexandra Behnke and colleagues found that nearly half of the 42 cats they tested showed signs of the secure base effect, a bond that helps reduce stress and encourages exploration when reunited with their owner. This could be helping therapy cats cope with new environments.

    A recent study led by Joni Delanoeije, a Belgian researcher in human-animal interaction, explored how cats selected for animal-assisted services differ from the average household pet. The study analysed survey responses relating to 474 cats – 12 of which had participated in such services. Cats involved in animal-assisted services were found to be more sociable with both people and other cats, were more attention-seeking and less resistant to being restrained.

    These findings suggest that behavioural traits, like sociability and tolerance, may make some cats better suited to interacting with people in unfamiliar settings. However, the small number of cats actually involved in service work in this study means that we need more research to draw firm conclusions.

    These cats also have strong, trusting bonds with their handlers. Early socialisation and gradual exposure seem to be essential for preparing cats to cope with the unpredictable nature of service work.

    However, even with these qualities, cats may still face challenges in therapy environments. In a 2023 global study of cat-assisted services, US psychologists Taylor Griffin and Lori Kogan found that even well-adapted cats may struggle in practice.

    The study found that 68% of handlers had ended visits early when they deemed it best for the cat. Handlers in this study also described strong bonds with their cats – a relationship probably key to the cat’s ability to adapt, offering a sense of safety and predictability in a potentially stressful setting.

    Cats can help people feel less lonely.
    Veera/Shutterstock

    How do therapy cats compare to dogs?

    Cats are different from dogs in their social needs, temperament and tolerance for change. These differences must be carefully considered during selection for therapy work – but with their differences come advantages. For example, therapy cats may provide more benefits to people that see themselves as “cat people”.

    Research has shown that this self-classification is linked to personality traits, with cat people often being more independent, creative and self-sufficient. Dog people tend to be more outgoing, sociable and group-oriented. Cat lovers might feel more at ease in one-to-one therapeutic settings, while dog lovers could prefer group-based activities.

    Species preferences can also affect emotional responses. In a 2022 study, researcher Jovita Lukšaite and colleagues used facial expression software to analyse participants’ reactions to animal images.

    Both cat and dog images triggered similar levels of happiness on average, yet dog images evoked significantly more fear. Fear of dogs could reduce the effectiveness of canine-assisted therapy for some, making cats a valuable alternative.

    Dogs may excel at providing emotional support through physical interaction but cat purrs are a unique characteristic that may offer therapeutic benefits. A 2001 study found that domestic cats purr at a frequency between 25 and 50 hertz – a frequency that promotes healing in humans.

    While there is a lack of more recent research to support this finding, a 2021 study found that cat owners reported that their cat’s purrs had a calming effect.

    So, dogs might be the traditional therapy animal, but cats have shown they too have what it takes. With the right temperament and training, cats can offer something different to those in need of comfort.

    Grace Carroll does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Do cats make good therapy animals? The new trend showing felines may be more complicated than we realise – https://theconversation.com/do-cats-make-good-therapy-animals-the-new-trend-showing-felines-may-be-more-complicated-than-we-realise-254507

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI USA: George Edwards Appointed Eastern Territory Coordinator

    Source: US GOIAM Union

    IAM International President Brian Bryant has appointed George Edwards to serve as Eastern Territory Coordinator, effective April 1, 2025.
     
    Edwards, who had served as an International Representative, was appointed to the Eastern Territory as a Special Representative in August 2021. Prior to that, Edwards had served as District 4’s Directing Business Representative and Assistant Directing Business Representative. 
     
    Edwards is known as one of the leading voices for shipbuilding and repair workers in the IAM and nationally. He has participated in numerous high-profile negotiations and organizing campaigns over the course of his IAM career. 
     
    “George has spent decades dedicating himself to the IAM Union, our members and the labor movement as a whole,” said IAM Eastern Territory General Vice President David Sullivan. “He is a passionate and knowledgeable voice for IAM members in all industries, and we welcome George to this new role in the Eastern Territory.”
     
    Edwards began his career as an IAM Local S6 tinsmith at Bath Iron Works in Bath, Maine, where he helped build ships for the U.S. Navy. He held several positions in the local, including officer and general steward, before joining District 4’s staff.

    Share and Follow:

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Senator Hassan Helps Reintroduce Bill to Support Children with Disabilities

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for New Hampshire Maggie Hassan
    WASHINGTON – U.S. Senator Maggie Hassan (D-NH) helped reintroduce the IDEA Full Funding Act, legislation to ensure that Congress finally fulfills its commitment to fully fund 40 percent of costs under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). Fifty years ago, Congress passed IDEA to ensure that every child with a disability has access to public education. This law was a historic step forward, but since its passage, Congress has failed to provide the funding that it promised. The legislation is cosponsored by more than 30 members in the Senate and more than 60 members in the House of Representatives and is endorsed by 60 organizations. The legislation is especially critical as the Trump Administration attacks the Department of Education and its work to support students with disabilities.
    “IDEA funding makes a difference for families across New Hampshire by helping fund the support and resources that allow students with disabilities to succeed academically and thrive,” said Senator Hassan. “I urge my colleagues to support this legislation to fulfill our decades-old promise to fully fund IDEA, ensuring that children with disabilities receive a quality public education. This legislation is one of the many things that the Trump Administration could focus on instead of its efforts to dismantle the Department of Education and threaten access to public education for all students.” 
    Under IDEA, the federal government committed to pay 40 percent of the average per-pupil expenditure for special education; however, that pledge has never been met. According to the Congressional Research Service, current funding is at less than 12 percent, and the IDEA shortfall in the 2024-2025 school year nationwide was $38.66 billion. IDEA currently provides more than $57 million to New Hampshire schools through the IDEA Grants to States program to help fund the education of children ages three through 21. New Hampshire has 31,000 students with disabilities – reflecting 17% of New Hampshire’s student population. Under full funding, New Hampshire alone would have received an additional $153 million in funding this year to support students with disabilities. The IDEA Full Funding Act would require regular, mandatory increases in IDEA spending to finally meet our obligation to America’s children and schools.
    The full text of the bill can be viewed here. 
    This legislation is supported by a broad and diverse group of more than 50 national organizations, including The School Superintendent Association (AASA), American Federation of Teachers (AFT), American Occupational Therapy Association, Assistive Technology Industry Association, Association of School Business Officials International (ASBO), Autism Society of America, Center for Learner Equity, Council for Exceptional Children, Council of Parent Attorneys and Advocates, National Association of Councils on Developmental Disabilities, National Association of Secondary School Principals (NASSP), National Center for Learning Disabilities, National Down Syndrome Congress, National Education Association, and The Arc of the United States. 
    Senator Hassan is leading efforts to ensure that individuals who experience disabilities receive the support that they need to be fully included in their communities. Senator Hassan helped pass into law bipartisan legislation to support autism education, research, and resources. Senator Hassan also helped secure funding to help families of children experiencing disabilities navigate the special education process and better access the resources available for children experiencing disabilities as part of a bipartisan government funding package.

    MIL OSI USA News